Episode 194: What (Really) Is a Signature Offer or Program? And Why Does Your Company Need One? – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join the Waitlist to Create Your Signature Offer™, Program or Process with April Beach – Masterclass reopening soon! 

Who This Episode is Great For:

This show is for experts, entrepreneurs and businesses who:
A) Want to know more about creating your Signature Offer
B) Want to understand the fundamentals of what a Signature Offer or Program really is and isn’t
C) Want to know the two types of Signature Offers and determine which type may be best for them

Summary:

This show is part of a series called: How To Create Your Signature Offer™, Program, Service or Process. What really is a signature offer or program? Spoiler alert, it’s not just a common service you slap the Signature Logo on. No… your signature offer, program, course or process is something that sets your company apart. So, if you’ve been wondering how to create a signature offer or program this episode is for you. 
 
Experts, entrepreneurs and small businesses are always striving to be known, but there’s one true way to lead a niche and profit, and that is by developing a unique signature offer, program, process, service, course, membership, system, event, or deliverable which makes it clear for others to understand what you do, creates profitable results for your company, helps you become known and gives your clients incredible results. In this episode we dive into part 1 in discussing “What (Really) Is a Signature Offer or Program and Why Does  Your Company Need One?”

Highlights:

  1. Know what truly is and what is not a true, authentic signature offer or program
  2. Understand the 2 types of signature offers or programs
  3. Be able to identify which type of signature offer or program your company should create first

Resources Mentioned:

Download the CheatSheet: Must-Have Components of Every Leading Signature Offer or Program plus get a quick 6-minute video overview when you Join the Waitlist to create Your Signature Offer™, Program or Process. 
 
 


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

<inaudible> You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hi, you guys. Welcome to another episode of the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast. I’m super glad you’re here because we are diving more, a little bit more step-by-step each week into one of my favorite topics to talk about.
So two weeks ago, we started talking about creating your services and making sure that what you’re selling in, what you have available to your audience is in fact selling right now, we talked about your primary offer and your primary programs and doing any sort of pivoting based on the crazy 2020 and how it has been. And we also talked about making sure that your services are solving an immediate problem for people.
Well, on this week’s show, we’re diving in more and discussing what really is a signature offer or program. And why does your company need one? And this is kicking up a brand new series that we’re doing here on the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast called how to create your signature offer program, service or process. And I’m super excited to geek out on this with you.
This topic is actually my Ninja skill and my zone of genius. And so over the next few weeks, I’m going to be sharing with you case studies from signature offers and programs. My clients have built over the years to inspire you, to see what’s possible in the huge result that you can make in your business by creating a signature process program or system.
And so this particular episode, we’re starting out and we’re answering the question, what really is a signature offer or program, and why does your company need one? And this show is for those of you, whether you are established businesses or you are brand new to this space, this show is for you. So that means that your business is anywhere from phase two to phase five of my start to scale business system.
If you aren’t sure what phase of my start to scale business system that you are in, you can just pause this episode real quick and go take a very short, quick question quiz@sweetlifeco.com forward slash forward slash quiz. And what that’s going to do is it’s going to tell you what phase of business you’re in on my start to scale up business system. And it’s going to give you a list of things that you should working on and focusing on right now in your business.
If you’ve been listening to this show for a while, you know that I try to attack the episodes based on the business phase, so that if you’re in phase two, you know, that this particular show in this training is for you. Or if you’re in phase four, you might want to opt out and not listen to certain shows. But today is particular show is for almost everybody across the board,
in any phase of my start to scale up business systems. So that means whether you’re new, whether you’re just launching or you’re ready to scale for you guys that are offline companies going online. This is a perfect episode for you to listen to this episode is for experts, entrepreneurs, and businesses who a want to know more about creating a signature offer B.
You want to understand the fundamentals of what a signature offer or program really is and what it’s not. And see, you want to know the two types of signature offers and determine which type might be best for your company. If you want to know the answers to those questions, stay with me here in this show. And as a super, very special bonus tool to this episode,
I’m inviting you to check out my signature offer masterclass. This is a class I first launched way back in 2015, 16, 17, and I am bringing it back. I’m so excited about it. It’s a step by step training to extract your expertise, expand your reach and explode your sales. And you can find all the details about your signature opera masterclass by visiting signature offer.com.
And when you add your name to the list for interest in joining the, your signature program masterclass, I am going to give you tools that you can use right now. So you don’t even have to wait. You can get started right away, and I’m going to give you number one, the components, it’s a list of components that every winning and leading signature offer should have.
And I’m going to give you a really short six minute video helping you kick off your creation of your own signature offer right now immediately. So again, that’s the awesome bonus that comes with this episode, and you can find that by going to signature offer.com, okay, this is episode number 194. Let’s go ahead and dive into the show.<inaudible> Okay.
Diving in here, we’re going to answer three really important and foundational questions for you regarding a signature offer and a signature program and helping you to determine really what is the right path in your business. And first of all, what really is a signature offer or program? So that’s question number one, what really is a signature offer or program? The long is a true signature offer is a program service method or a process that you extract from your own IP,
your own intellectual property, your expertise and your experience. So what, you know, what you’re good at, what your ju your zone of genius is what your zone of excellence is in that gives your clients predictable transformational results. So let me simplify that for you, a true signature offer or program is a process in which you create again, from your own IP that gives your clients predictable transformational results.
And it makes you known in your space. That is the official definition that I’ve given to a signature offer. And it, hopefully that will help you to understand exactly what it is and what it isn’t. But let’s go ahead and dive into it even more, a signature program, or offer, extract your expertise. It’s derived from your intellectual property. So it’s pulled from your experience in winning and in failing in a certain area in order to be a winner,
and to be an expert in something, we have to usually fail at it quite a few times until we figure out the ways to overcome it. Your signature offer is the result of that. It’s a ways you’ve overcome something. It’s a ways you’ve gotten yourself or other people really awesome results in a certain area. So your signature offer is pulled from your experience.
It’s nothing like anyone else’s. So your signature offer isn’t like anybody else’s because it contains your unique skillset, your systems, and your processes as true signature offer also disrupts your niche. So it improves or simplifies or changes the way things have been done to give better results, a signature offer, or a true signature offer and program provides predictable transformational results that people can count on.
And a signature offer a program meets your profit goals that your company has set. And it is something that you want to be known for. That’s what a real true signature offer program is. So let’s kind of talk about the flip side of that. What it isn’t a signature offer or program is not a copycat of popular programs that everybody else is doing.
It is not what just happens to be selling. And what’s trending right now in this space. And it’s not something you choose just because it happens to be your main offer. In fact, a signature offer is not something that gives people the same results in the same way that other programs and companies are doing it. So your signature offer program should be uncommon,
but it can solve a common problem, but the way you go about doing it, the way you go about understanding how to get people results is your intellectual property, your IP, your methodology. So again, a true signature offer extract your expertise into your methodology by creating your own unique content that becomes your program. It is not something that just happens to be selling it.
Isn’t something that is the first offer, just because it’s your first offer. Doesn’t mean it’s your signature offer just because it’s your only offer. Doesn’t mean it’s your signature offer. It shows signature offer leads the way in certain aspects and the goals that you set forth in your business. So now you might be asking yourself, Oh, okay, well, what,
what does that mean? And how do I know what type of signature offer to bill once you understand what type of signature offer you’re building, then you’re going to understand the goals that your business is going to set for that signature offer. So now let’s go ahead and I want to share with you the two types of signature offers or programs, they are a foundational signature offer or program or an influencing signature offer or program.
So the two types are foundational or influencing. This is a system that I created. It’s part of my service creation system that I watched about 10 years ago in once you understand which one you fall into, either influencing or foundational, then this is going to help you get more clarity. So I want to impact this with you here and break out the two types of programs,
a foundational signature offer. This is ideal for new businesses entering the market or established businesses going from offline to online, a foundational signature offer introduces you to the marketplace. It gets you on the map, and it helps you as a business owner to simplify your services and your systems, a foundational signature offer can be your first online offer. If you are going through the scaling up or the scaling online process,
or again, going from offline to online to grow your business, or it can be the first program or service that you’re introducing as your company is emerging, maybe into a new marketplace, whether it’s online or offline, a foundational signature offer can have huge profit results. Okay? So just because your business might be new, if that’s the arena you fall into,
or just because you might be new to online, it doesn’t mean that your foundational offer can make you a lot of money. It doesn’t mean it has to be some rinky dink offer. We just call it foundational because it’s setting the expectations for a new marketplace for you. It’s setting the foundation for how you’re first going to become known in a certain space.
So can have huge profit results, but they’re usually they usually are simpler programs. You know, they usually are not sometimes as robust or as long or as intricate as an industry influencing signature offer or a program. And this is because a foundational offer helps you as a business owner to gain confidence in what you’re doing and to test out your new marketplace, a foundational offers a great way for you to say,
Hey, listen, this is my area of expertise, and this is my experience. I want to go ahead and introduce this to a space and test it. So that’s also what a foundational offer does. And foundational offers are designed as that entry point and an introduction for both the company and the new client base to clearly understand the results you provide. So again,
this is new to online. This is a new company that could be starting from scratch, or it’s a program or a different way that you’re testing as far as delivering results to an established market base. That is a foundational signature offer in influencing signature offer makes you known as the leader in your space influence in signature offers are ideal to be created by experts.
So for those of you with extensive experience in getting people results based on your methodology. So an influencing signature offer is for those of you who have tested your content or your program numerous times in the past, even if it was one-on-one or an indifferent settings, you have tested your content. You’ve come up with your methodology and your system after feedback and time and testing,
and you’ve gotten your clients amazing results, and it’s time to expand your reach and your methodology to impact your industry and more people for good. That is an influencing signature offer. And so I want to share those two kind of basic paths. There are two, I call them tracks either foundational or influencing with you. And this is part of my signature creation system that I started teaching entrepreneurs about 14 years ago.
And once you identify, Hey, you know what, right now you could have an established business and you want to just launch your first online program or your first online course. It doesn’t have to be a 1216 week course. You know, you could just start out with a foundational offer foundational program online. It’s going to dive into the water of this new marketplace and test out what you’ve been doing with your clients,
maybe offline to see how well we can scale it to online. That’s a great example of a company who is ready to launch a foundational signature offer. This influencing signature offers. For those of you guys who are experts, your speakers, your writers, you are coaches or consultants of some kind, and you’ve gotten amazing results for clients in the past. And you’re ready.
You know, that the way you go about doing things is a bit, or maybe drastically different than the way other people get results. You have tested your content. You’ve created your content you’ve created, or you’re ready to create a system that disrupts your niche and extracts your expertise, your zone of genius, your intellectual property. And you’re ready to create content and build and create a signature offer or program that takes people from point a to point B.
And you know, that you want to be known as a leader for doing that. If that is you, you are ready to create your influencing signature offer. So those are the two different types of signature offers. And I just wanted to help businesses get clarity on that. And this is why we’re embarking on this new series, because this is a primary way.
My company helps businesses succeed is in creating your offers and your programs. And these are all the common questions that I get. And so I wanted to make sure I was pouring into you guys, our podcast listeners, and making sure that you have these answers as well. So what happens next? Next, we need to be able to identify what type of signature offer or program your company should create first.
And so the first question is how do you identify, what type of art for program should I create? Is it influencing or is it foundational? So first in order to answer that question, let’s identify whether or not you have a current offer that could become your signature offer. We never want to totally recreate the wheel. We always want to pull from your current assets,
from your current expertise, from all the work you’ve already done. We want to take a look at what you’ve already done, as well as what you want to become known for. Let’s just pause for a second and answer that question to yourself. What do I currently have or do, or content I’ve created that I am amazing at that I want to become known for.
And I really want to kind of explode this area. So that’s a first question to really identify and ask for yourself. Again, we don’t always want to start from scratch. The best thing we can do as business owners is using the things we’ve already created and turning them into something even better. So ask yourself is my current service or offer that I have something that I want to become known for in my space.
Does my current offer include my unique intellectual property or methodology, or am I copying someone else’s system? You cannot create a true, accurate, legitimate, genuine, proper, authentic signature offer. If you have just copycatted somebody else’s way about getting people results, a true signature takes your intellectual property and your unique methodology in turns it into your signature system or a process.
Okay. And then the third question to ask yourself is when people think of my business, is this what they automatically think that I do? Do they automatically think, Oh, I’m thinking about, you know, Jody, she’s great at whatever highlighting people’s hair that could be her signature offer. So, you know, do people automatically already think of, of what you do as your signature offer,
or do we also, in the process of creating your signature offer need to reeducate your marketplace is your signature offer an area that you haven’t tapped into yet that you haven’t established yourself as an expert. Yet, if that’s the case, then we’re going to be creating a foundational signature offer for you. So step number one is to identify whether or not you have a current signature offer.
Do you already have a signature offer? If you already have a signature offer, then we need to have a conversation about marketing it and positioning it as a leading offer that it should be. But in most cases, most companies do not. In fact, signature offers are something that is very rarely talked about. When we talk about building courses, we talk about building membership sites and writing books and speaking on stages and marketing on LinkedIn,
none of that can happen until you extract your content in that you create your signature methodology, your signature system, into your intellectual property, that is yours and only yours. It’s your methodology. Then we talk about what business model you build it into. Are you going to launch a course or a group coaching program or a mastermind? All those answers come later.
The first thing is identifying whether or not you have a current signature offer. So if you’re listening to this podcast and you’re driving the car, just answer, do you have a signature offer right now, or one that you would like to really emphasize and become your signature offer or not step number two, determine what you want to become known for what lights you up,
what makes you happy to do what expertise do you have that is within your established zone of genius. So we want to tap into who you are, your expert skills already to develop your signature offers and your programs. And then number three, choose if you’ll be creating a foundational or an industry influencing signature offer. Those are the three steps. Those are your three action items from this podcast episode.
And next week we are diving into the prerequisites of creating a signature offer. So next week, we’re continuing our series on how to create your signature offer program service, or process and episode number 195. I’m going to extract and share with you the prerequisites to building your signature offer or program. So what do you have to know first? What do you have to do first?
What are the principles that have be in place before you’re ready to actually develop your signature offer or program that’s going to help you lead in your space? You understand the fundamentals of what signature offer or program truly is. These three steps. We talked about identifying whether or not you have an offer, determining what you want to become known for, and choosing if you’re creating a foundational or industry influencing signature offer,
we’ll help you start the process of the work to create your signature offer. So your company can become known. And in addition to this whole series, right? So excited, I am giving you a huge tick start to get your signature offer program process, or system off the ground faster. So the bonus for this episode, don’t miss it. You guys,
I haven’t done a bonus, this awesome, honestly, and a really long time in this cause I know you need it. And I just want to pour into you. And this is my area of expertise. So I have so many tools and resources to give you in this area. I really want to give it to you. So the bonus for this episode is I’m giving you a short six minute video explaining what we talked about on this episode,
more in depth. Plus I’m giving you the blueprint of the components that every signature offer should include. So you’re going to get a list of components that are included in every single true, authentic, accurate, proper, legitimate, genuine signature offer. It’s a list and you’re going to be able to go through. And especially if you have an offer right now,
and you’re wondering cautious, this is my signature offer. You can literally go through this checklist and your signature offer or any signature offer needs to contain these components. And I’m giving you that totally free as a bonus to this week’s episode. So cruise over to signature offer.com to grab all that there. Plus you’ll be able to add your name to the wait list for my,
your signature offer and program masterclass coming back again soon. I’m so excited to teach this again, and I promised you, I would share with you some case studies of clients, who I have helped to develop their signature offer in the past. So I want to share these with you at the end of every single episode for the next couple of weeks, just to help get your wheels spinning and share with you what is possible in your space.
So the first person I’m so honored to highlight is her name is Eloise. She is the creator of the serenade program. And I worked with Eloise to create the first of its kind wellness and management program for surrogates. It was absolutely out of this world. We built this program about seven years ago, and she still leads the industry for surrogacy wellness internationally through her company,
family inceptions, international. It’s amazing. And then the second case study I want to give you is my client Lori out of Switzerland. I’ve worked with Lori for a while and Lori has created baby secrets. Baby secrets is her signature program. It’s a corporate benefits and wellness coaching program that includes classes and local resources for expats who are expecting children. And Lori is out of Zurich.
She’s absolutely beautiful. And I will go ahead and put links to both of these programs in the show notes so that you can get your wheels started to turn. So you can see one program. This is international wellness program, and the other one is smaller. It’s a corporate benefits and coaching program. The sky’s the limit, your signature offer. Your signature program can be anything starts with extracting your area of expertise,
your intellectual property, and giving your clients predictable transformational results that no other business champ. And I’m excited to help you do that. So again, the bonuses for this episode go to signature offer.com. You’ll be able to download the blueprint of the components of a signature offer. Watch that quick six minute video, which has even more than we talked about today.
And you’ll be able to add your name to the wait list to join my, your signature offer and program masterclass, which is coming soon. And of course all the show notes. And the quick recap of this episode can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 94. All right. So great to talk to you guys. I hope you’re having an awesome day and this message and these action steps find you wherever you are,
and they inspire you to create and become known for the area in which you’re called. Have you have an awesome day talk to you soon?

Episode 193: 3 Steps To Take Your Offline Business Online – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Ultimate Guide To Online Business Models

Who This Episode is Great For:

Established offline businesses who want to launch online services but aren’t sure where to start. And experts, entrepreneurs or companies in my Start To Scale Business System”, phases 1-3.

Summary:

You know the potential to reach more people and expand your reach by offering online services. But when it comes to getting started in the online space you don’t have the time to get your masters in online business everything but you deserve to know where to start so you can make wise choices for your company and your future. This episode gives you three simple steps to take your off-line company online and gives you the wisdom and confidence and clarity in your first steps moving in this direction.

Highlights:

  1. Have confidence in what to do first
  2. Stop being overwhelmed by the fragmented and often times ill-advised coaching
  3. Create a game plan to take your business online now

Resources Mentioned:

 
Get Help Extracting Your Expertise Into Your Signature Online Offer
 
 


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

<inaudible> You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life. You love FASTA with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probate. Hi everybody. And welcome back to the show. This is episode number 193 here at the sweet life entrepreneur in business podcast. And I’m April beach, founder of the Sweetlife company and host of this show.
Thanks for tuning in with me another week, we are giving you another business training that many coaches charge thousands of dollars for, and I’m so glad to have an opportunity to pour into you as you’re continuing, or maybe you’re just starting out growing your business online. If we don’t know each other yet, I would love to get to know you more. You can always shoot me a DM over on LinkedIn or Instagram at Sweetlife podcast.
And if this is your first time listening to the show, go back and cruise back and listen to our trailer. Now it was almost 200 episodes ago that would release that trailer, but it will give you an idea if you are in the right place for business strategy and training today, we’re talking to those of you guys who have an established business offline,
and it’s time to bring your offline company and your offline services online. And in this show, I’m giving you three steps to start this process. And let’s talk about why this is important, just to make sure you’re in the right place, listening to the right show. That’s going to give you the right results you’re looking for. So you’ve identified, right?
You know, that there’s so much more potential to reach people and expand your offerings by offering online services. We’re going to talk about some different options of those online services today, because knowing that you want to do that, and actually then taking the step to understanding the choices that are available to you in the most efficient way are two totally separate things. And I get that.
That’s why I’m here recording this show for you today. So when it comes to getting into that online space, there is so much information and it can be incredibly overwhelming. And what we don’t want is we don’t want you launching certain online programs or offers or services or even courses just because everybody else is doing it. We want to make sure it’s a right fit for your company.
And all of that wisdom is what we’re pouring into you here on this show. At the end of this episode, you are going to have confidence in knowing what to do first, second, and third, to take your offline services online. You, if you have been overwhelmed will stop being overwhelmed by all the fragmented information, or you’re either getting information in two different ways.
It’s either super fragmented and you’re not really sure what information you can trust, or there’s so much information coming at you from software companies to business coaches about how to bring your business, that it can be totally overwhelming. And this episode is going to help you sort out fact from fiction. And it’s going to help you understand really what you should just be paying attention to here in the beginning.
And you’re going to have a game plan of what to do in what order to bring your services online. And this show just like almost all of our episodes. We have super amazing episode bonuses. So with this particular episode, to give you even more wisdom and information, I want you to download our totally free ultimate guide to online business models. So we’re talking about obviously online services here on the show,
but this is over 14 pages and it just totally lays out all the different online business model options from online courses to group coaching programs, to masterminds, even to podcasting, to help you have even more wisdom. In what direction you want to go taking your services online. So you can get that ultimate guide totally free by going to April beach.com forward slash ultimate guide.
We’ll make sure we get that into your hands right away. Okay. So if you’re ready for these results and you want this information, let’s go ahead and dive into today’s show.<inaudible> Okay. Three steps to get started taking your offline business online. So, first of all, let’s talk about what your offline business looks like. You either have a brick and mortar store,
or you’re used to providing services to people in person face to face, whether it’s hands on. And we work with a lot of healthcare providers, a lot of consultants and experts, and they want to go. And that could be you. You want to go from seeing people face to face and really expanding your reach to serve more people at a time.
And by doing so you create a business model that gives you ultimately more time and location freedom, as long as it’s done strategically. So if you have a current business that provides face-to-face services, one-on-one services on location, then this is the perfect episode for you to be listening to step number one, as you move in the direction of thinking, Hey, you know,
I really want to expand my business with online services. Step number one is to choose your online business model. And if you have been listening to this podcast now for almost four years, you know, we talk about online business modeling all the time. So if you want even more resources, cruise back to our podcast website@sweetlifecode.com and you can actually search all of our episodes for all of the online business modeling shows,
wanting to make sure, you know, that’s a tool available to you, but right now I want you to just hone in and focus in on what do you imagine that that looks like when you’re working with your clients? Not face to face, it could be in zoom could be by the phone, or it could be creating great content and videos for your clients and distributing it to them.
What does that look like to you? And what do your clients really need from you? If you listen to last week’s episode, we talked about what clients are really looking for, what buyers are buying right now. And people love on demand. People love having resources and answers and quick results at their fingertips. And so, as you’re thinking about creating your online offers,
certainly consider what is it that my clients really want in addition to maybe seeing me face to face. And some of your clients probably have been telling you this already. And if you ask your clients, they will tell you they’ll say yes, I want to meet with you virtually or yes, I would love to be part of a mastermind. So if you ask your clients,
they will tell you, they are always your best place to do. Research is going to your perfect clients are ready. But right now I want to dive into the three most common types of services that offline companies are launching as online offers. And they are online courses, online coaching programs and online memberships. You might have actually thought about one of these types of options before.
And the reason why offline companies are going to these is because they’re really great ways to already package the expertise that you have within your company. There are great ways to utilize your assets. And we’re going to dive into that here in just a second. But step number one is choosing your online business model. Let me give you a quick definition of what each one of these three most popular types are type.
Number one is by launching an online course. So an online course is a great way to take your established content, your things that you’ve already done. You know, in most cases with offline businesses and the established companies we work with, we don’t want to reinvent the wheel. We want to take your expertise and your assets and things you’ve already created within your business and just reframe them,
repackage them, reprogram them. If you will, to offer as an online course. And online courses are most commonly offered two different ways. The first one is called evergreen. Evergreen is where you would take your information. You would turn it into videos in that your clients could purchase it and buy it and absorb the information any time. So they’re prerecorded videos that people can go through any time.
And then the second type of online course is literally it live taught online course where you’re still taking the content. You’re still taking the information and you may teach this in a combination of zoom, live coaching and some PowerPoint presentations, maybe some videos as well. So the two most common types of online courses that offline businesses are launching as online services are evergreen again,
which is pre creating videos that people can watch on demand whenever they want. We already know people are buying those types of things. And number two, launching live coaching as an online course, I will say that for established business owners, I would caution you against launching really cumbersome, huge live online courses. If you’re still running your local business, unless you have a team to help you do that.
So just a little caution there. It can be really time consuming. The second type of online business model that many offline companies are adopting is live coaching. And this is where you take a group of people. Maybe you’ve served them one-on-one before and you start coaching them live online through zoom. You can provide phone consulting, you can provide FaceTime consulting, the medium and how you deliver.
It really doesn’t matter. It’s what you’re delivering. So this is actually providing live coaching without being face to face. And you can provide this one-on-one or you can create a group and provide live consulting to a group, either on a onetime basis for a specialty topic or on an ongoing basis. And the third type of business model that offline company are most commonly launching as online offers our memberships memberships are really amazing.
It’s where you take your expert content and you deliver it on a monthly and a quarterly basis to people in a community that you have created. Memberships are a great way. And we’ve especially in 2020, been working with established businesses who have community already around your business. Maybe it’s a brick and mortar store in creating a membership amongst all your customers. It is an amazing way to connect with them,
and it’s an amazing way to connect them with each other. And memberships is a great thing to consider. If you have content, if you have coaching, maybe there’s some sweet deal or discount that you want to deliver to your customers. And it’s also a great way to create a program for those customers of yours that want to access you on an ongoing basis for a longer period of time.
So they can achieve better results with the services that you deliver. A membership community is a great way to do that. So your first job and choosing, gosh, you know, how am I going to bring my offline business online is to consider what business model do you want to launch? And we just talked about the three most popular ones, courses,
coaching or memberships, but don’t forget to download the ultimate guide to online business models. So you can see all of that. And again, you can grab that by going to April beach.com forward slash ultimate guide. Okay. Step number two is to develop your actual offer program or service. So you’ve already chosen the business model of how you want to deliver it.
Now we need to organize your assets and we need to take your ideas, and we need to take your expertise out of your head out of other places in your business and bring it in to creating your new online offer. So here’s some tips to do that. Number one is to sit down and extract your expertise. What are you known for? What are you great at?
What things have you already created in your business? We don’t want to recreate the wheel here with your first online offer in order to keep your current customers coming back to you. We want to give them more results in a different way within your established area of expertise. And it’s also going to save you literally months, if not years, to create something brand new from scratch,
right? So let’s take what you already do, and let’s scale it online with an online offer for you. So extract your expertise and start with what you already have. Go through your archives, go through things that you’ve created. Content you’ve already created in your business in the past and give yourself an opportunity to take an assessment and an inventory of all the great things you’ve already created.
I guarantee you, if you’re an established business owner, you’ve created some amazing things and some excellent content in your business, and that’s why people love you, right? So go back and see what you’ve already done to help you realize your potential. So for what you can deliver to people through an online program and service, and then also consider what people love the most from you.
If you are a brick and mortar retailer, and you have every single Monday, it’s a new shirt that you may feature on social media and it’s a new item drop, right? Well, people probably go crazy about that. So how can you take that and bring it into a new membership community? Or how can you create content around that to deliver into a coaching program?
Perhaps maybe you can launch an online course, helping people stylize themselves. For whatever reason, there are so many different opportunities that you can take your established expertise and just tweak it a little bit and create your online offer instead of starting from scratch. And then the last tip is what are the most common questions people ask you the easiest way to create an online course or coaching program or membership community is by going through in writing down,
if you haven’t, before you should be in documenting the questions that people most commonly ask you in your business and then taking those questions and the answers to those and turning it into your first online offer. Whether again, you choose a business model and how you deliver that, whether it’s coaching or a course or a membership community, maybe even a podcast, but go through and figure out what are the most common questions that people me all the time.
And that is a great place for you to scale what you’ve already done, extract your expertise and explode it into more sales and an exponential reach. So step number two is to actually go through and develop the content that’s going into your offer program or online service. And then step number three is to develop your first marketing funnel. So first you have to pick the business model.
Second, you have to organize your assets and your material and actually create your program. And third is to go through the process of creating your first marketing funnel. So your marketing funnel is where you’re going to attract more people than just your local faithful and your it’s, where you’re going to convert your local faithful to start connecting with you online. So your first marketing funnel is usually developed in a very simple way where you would create something free to give away that solves a problem,
but not just any problem, your something free you’re giving away online should solve a problem that you discuss and also solve within your new online offer. So create something free. It could be a short video and tips could be a checklist. It could be a strategy sheet, a tip sheet. If you’re a nutrition coach, it could be creating a sample menu for the week,
whatever it is, create something of value that solves a problem for your customers that relates to the service that you’re going to be launching online. And then step number two is to create one page on your website. That includes a form where people can receive that free item. And then step number three is to create a marketing plan, to share your content and to share your message across social media.
You could do podcast guesting. You could go to networking events, both offline, and now we’re starting Kevin’s to see more local networking events happen again. And of course you can run ads. There are numerous ways where you can get eyes on your marketing funnel and grow your list through that. The reality is is this first marketing funnel is important because it shifts people who might be used to only connecting with you online.
Maybe the only way you have sold people into your services before is having them sign a contract face to face, or actually seeing them face to face. So your next step is to determine how are you going to funnel people in to your new online offers could be creating this new first marketing funnel for new people, or you might consider creating a new online experience with a welcome page for your established customers saying,
Hey, guess what? We love working with you in person. Now we’re excited to also work with you online. And so it can be handholding your established local one-on-one client and helping them to onboard and get comfortable with your new online offers. We want your established clients to be the first ones to interact with your new online offers because they’re the ones that love you.
They’re the ones that trust you. And they’re the ones that are going to really help your new online offers grow. They are your biggest cheerleaders. So three steps to take your offline business online. Number one, choose online business model. How are you going to deliver your online services? Number two, develop your offer service program, course membership, whatever it is,
develop the content and the curriculum in there. If you struggle to turn your ideas and your expertise into world-class programs, that’s where my company, the Sweetlife company comes in to help. You can always cruise over to Sweetlife co.com and we will teach you how to extract your expertise and turn it into a worldclass signature offers and programs. And then number three is build your first marketing funnel,
whether it’s a marketing funnel to move your established clients online, or it’s a new marketing funnel to generate new cold leads to your online services. I just can’t emphasize that enough, the importance of valuing the current clients you have and providing different ways for your current clients to absorb your established expertise before you go, and you create a brand new offer, that’s a cold offer to people who’ve never worked with you before.
We want you considering what business model your established clients want and need so that you can continue to pour into them and build those relationships. And we can create repeat customers to spend money again and again and again with you, once you nail your online business model with your current customers, then we talk about expanding to a cold audience and really expanding your reach and exploding your sales even more.
So just start with what you have, start with what you know, and start with the people you already know better than anybody else. Nobody knows your established clients better than you do. And again, start asking them questions. How did they want to work with you online? How can you better meet their needs through digital delivery of products, information, services,
and support. And those are your three steps to take your offline business online, choose your business model, develop your offer, build your first marketing funnel. All right. I hope you found this incredibly helpful. We really want to simplify things here for you. I know it can seem very overwhelming, especially when you’re new to the online space. If you’re in that place where you feel overwhelmed,
hit us up anytime, and we’re happy to jump on a business triaged call with you and get you started in the right direction. You can find us@sweetlifeco.com and all the show notes we talked about here on this episode, the ultimate guide to business models and how to learn, how to turn your ideas and expertise into your signature offer can all be found in the show notes for this episode by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com
forward slash one 93. All right, you guys have a fantastic week, so great to pour into you and talk to you soon.

Episode 192: How To Create Services That Sell Right Now – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Ultimate Guide To Online Business Models 

Who This Episode is Great For:

 

Summary:

Does your company have a right-now offer that is selling? If not, this is the perfect episode for you. This show will help you choose the best service to sell right now and make sure that your offer fits into your longer term growth model. Offers are any service or program you deliver to your clients and can include coaching, hands-on services, virtual consulting, online courses, digital products, membership communities, programs, events and other services that help your company expand and scale. Get 7 questions to ask that will lead to clarity on what you should focus on selling right now?

Highlights:

  1. Decide if you can alter a current offer or if you should create a new one
  2. Know how your offer fits into your future scale plan
  3. Deliver a service that solves your customers’ problems right now

Resources Mentioned:

 
Request Invitation to Your Signature Offer Masterclass: Email april@sweetlifeco.com


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

You’ll listen To the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Welcome to episode number 192 Here on the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast. I’m April beach. I love chatting with you. Thanks so much for tuning in with me for another episode, only eight episodes away from show number 200.
So thanks for being a faithful listener. And if you’re new here, it’s great to connect with you on today’s show. We’re talking about how to make sure that what you’re offering is selling right now. So how to offer services that sell right now is the official name of today’s show. And this is who this episode is for. This is for those of you guys who are established businesses,
and maybe you’re struggling a little bit with what you’re offering, maybe it isn’t selling, or this is also for you who are established businesses, and you’re ready to take the leap. You’re ready to strategically scale your company by considering different online services in ways that you can streamline what you’ve already done and scale it into a way that is more efficient and more profitable for you.
And this episode is also for those that are new entrepreneurs. And we have a lot of new businesses to listen to this show as well. And this episode is going to help you determine what first services you might want to create in your business. So in the end of this episode, this is what you are going to have accomplished. I want to make sure that you always know what’s coming.
So, you know, whether or not this is a great show for you to continue to tune into. I know your time is incredibly valuable and I respect that. So the end of this episode, you will be able to decide if you can alter a current service, or if you should create a new one, you will know how your offer fits into your future scale plan.
And you’ll be able to deliver a service that solves your customer’s problems right now, or you will at least be able to identify what problem your customers need help solving right now. So this is a perfect episode for you, and it’s going to help you choose the best services to sell right now and to make sure your offer fits into your longterm business growth models,
offers, or any service or program that you deliver to your clients. And that can include coaching hands-on services, virtual consulting, online courses, digital products, membership, communities, programs, events, and other services that could be an extension of your primary business, or they could be the primary business itself. So in this show, I’m going to give you seven questions to ask yourself,
that’s going to lead to the clarity that you need to know what you should be selling right now. So if that’s in line with what you’re looking for, stick around and let’s go ahead and dive into today’s show<inaudible> All right, let’s go ahead and talk about how to offer services that are selling right now. First of all, I want to make sure that you have a very important and powerful tool at your fingertips.
This is for those of you that are looking to launch a portion of your business and taught online services, and you aren’t really sure how to choose them. You can go and download my ultimate guide to online business models. Right now it’s a 14 page guide. It’s very extensive and it talks about all the different types of online services and programs that companies offer and exactly how that affects your business and your lifestyle by offering each one of the services,
you can go grab that totally free ultimate guide by visiting April beach.com forward slash ultimate guide. And I’ll make sure that that link is in the show notes for you as well. So let’s go ahead and start really diving in here. So does your company have an offer that is selling right now? If you don’t, this is a perfect episode for you to be listening to.
So your suite of offers that you create in your business, you might have three different packages or two or a really high end package and an entry package. Every business is strategically designed differently. So you could have all these different things that you offer, but what’s equally important, especially right now in today’s business economy is making sure that you have a service or a program or an offer that people desperately need.
And that means they desperately need it right now. And here is why, this is what we know about are right now buyers. So people that are buying services, professional development, personal services, business services, marketing services, you know, design services, whatever it is that you do, healthcare services. This is what we know about are right now.
Buyers are right now, buyers are spending money. They’re definitely spending money. There are some people that are doing really well financially right now, despite the fact that sadly, there are a lot of people that aren’t, but the right now buyers are spending money, but they’re spending it much more wisely. So they aren’t not spending, but they’re choosing what they’re spending their money on much more carefully than they did 12 months ago.
We know that we also know that our right now buyers want to see a transformation. They want to make sure that they can see or feel or experience a transformation. And that transformation is much more important to them and their decision making to buy from you. Then it also was 1224, 36 months ago. So what do I mean by a transformation? That means that what you’re offering,
they need to be able to see a start to finish. They need to be able to identify. This is where I was before I worked with this company or purchase this service. And they need to be able to remember and identify how that felt, maybe some of the pain or frustration or even hope. And they need to be able to see, wow,
this is what it looks like in the end. This is what I paid for. This is what I got, and this is my injury result. So it’s incredibly important that what you’re offering is giving your customers the ability to see a transformation. There are a lot of great services that businesses offer out there. And I’m not saying that your company has to provide a huge transformation.
It could be really, really small, fast, quick result, or it could be something more comprehensive. But our buyers today, we know that they need, and they want to see a transformation with your services. And they need to understand what that transformation is before they buy from you. So if you are not clearly articulating what the end result will be from working with you,
they will probably not buy from you right now. You know? And a great example of this is my wonderful cleaning lady that come help me clean my house, frankly, because I’m a terrible housekeeper. I know what’s going to happen. I know what my house is going to look like. It is usually honestly a total disaster before they get here in three hours later,
when they leave, it is the best place ever to be in for me. Right. It feels good. And it smells good. And it’s organized. It’s not just clean. I mean, they pick up stuff and fold laundry. So I know what that end. Result’s going to look like. And I look forward to it and believe me, it’s worth every penny.
I pay for them to do that. So whatever your service is that you deliver, that’s the kind of feeling you want to give your people. And that’s what we know about are right now, buyers are right now. Buyers also want to make sure that every single service is all about them. It’s all around them. It’s around their time, their schedule it’s like TV on demand.
Okay? So you, as a business owner might be struggling to figure out how to do that within managing your own company and your own teams and your own families. I get that. And that is a struggle because so many customers want things right on demand. That’s also one of the benefits of launching online business models, because it helps to solve those problems.
So we know that our right now buyers want it all around them, their schedule, weekends nights, early mornings, whatever it is. And they honestly expect that from you. It doesn’t mean I’m telling you that your company has to meet those on demand needs. I’m just, that’s what they want. And that’s what they’re buying. And then the other thing we know is it right now,
buyers are digging online a year ago. They might not have been as comfortable receiving consulting or therapy or taking a yoga class online. But now this is a way of the world. In those of you who have already tapped into online business are in this gold mine. If you haven’t yet, make sure that you download my ultimate guide to choose the online business model.
That’s right for you. Again, I’ll put that in the show notes of this episode for you, because that’s going to really speed up the process to help you decide how to tap into the online business scaling market. It doesn’t matter if you’re a consultant or a professional, we need to be making sure that you are tapping into the way we know that buyers are buying now.
And the way we know that they will in the future. So in this episode, we’re talking about really how to create these services that are going to meet the needs of our right and our buyers. And so we want you to look at your current offers and determine which one is the perfect one right now for you to sell. Or maybe we need to add a new offer,
alter some offers, and here are seven questions that I’m guiding you through here. That’ll help you get clarity on what’s going on in your business and how to find the solution for your right now buyers. Okay. All right, here we go. And if you’re driving your car, you can always replay this. You can save this, you can stop this and listen to it later.
And of course you can visit the show notes for this episode, which are found@sweetlifepodcast.com forward slash one 92. It’s number of this episode. So here we go. Question number one. And you can just answer out loud. If you’re at the gym or driving your car, question, number one, what is your primary offer service program course or product right now?
What is the main thing you sell? What is like your number one, go to package or, you know, delivery or service. So answer that question right now. Number two, is that primary offer selling? Did it sell in the past and maybe it’s dropped off a bit or is it currently selling? If you have answered your primary offer in it’s still currently selling and you are experiencing business growth,
the way that we would normally expect for you to receive experienced business growth, then you can literally turn off this podcast right now. You don’t have to listen to anymore. You have a lot of things to do in your life, tune in with me next week and we’ll keep pouring into you. Okay? So if you have an offer in it’s selling right now,
stop listening to this podcast, turned me off, make me shut up if you don’t, if you have your offer, but maybe it’s been declining or maybe you haven’t really identified primary offer that you’re selling or your primary offer, isn’t selling. Let’s keep going. All right. Question number three. Does your primary offer solve an immediate problem for your clients?
Again? What do we know about right now, buyers? We know that they want to solve a problem and they want to see a transformation and a difference right now. So does your offer solve an immediate problem for your clients? Now media can be relative. I don’t mean you’re going to fix their world in an hour. Maybe you can. It could be a couple of months,
could be six weeks, but we want to make sure that you are delivering an offer that is giving a transformation that in your client’s mind, based on what it is that you do as an expert, that they can see that there will be an end result and that end result feels fast and good. And sure. So does this offer solve an immediate problem for your clients?
If you answer that you don’t even have a primary offer right now during this question, I want you to be thinking of what offer could you deliver to your customers that solves an immediate problem for them right now. Now here’s where we pivot a little bit, and this is equally as important as everything else we’ve talked about is your offer something that you want yourself or your company to become known for a lot of times,
businesses will create services just because that might be the type of service that you offer based on your industry, but they don’t necessarily want to be famous for that. Maybe you as a business owner have a bigger dream for your company or a bigger goal or a different impact that you would like to give your customers. So ask yourself the question. Does your offer create a reputation for yourself in your business that you want to be known for?
Now, if you’re putting out a big fire and we’re creating a new offer right now because nothing’s selling it’s okay. If the answer to that is no there’s more years ahead. Okay. If your offer is selling or you need to just ramp it up a little bit or make some edits to it, or maybe alter your offer a little bit, then ask yourself,
the question is all this hard work that I’m going into in my team or my company is going into creating these services. Are they leading to what we as a company really want to be known for? And so I want you doing good work, smart work that has exponential results for your business in the future. Not just work, we don’t ever want to just do work and create things and do services just to sell them.
We want them to be a greater part of your strategic business plan. With that being said, does this service allow you or your company to operate in your zone of genius, where you are just flowing, where things are just thriving and coming together, you love doing what you do. You love being within this element of creating this result for people. Does it operate in your zone of genius?
Again, that’s more of a ideal if your company is struggling, but if your company really isn’t struggling and you’re looking to scale, that’s a very important question for you to answer. And then of course, question number seven is, does your offer make you enough money is what you’re settling, equaling the profit that you planned to make right now. Now this is a very right now question.
There’s a lot of different things that have happened for businesses and companies right now. And so if you are creating a new offer, because that’s what we’re talking about in this show to sell right now, we want to make sure that the value of that offer is going to equal the dollar amount that you need your business to generate right now. So you might want to make some tweaks to your offer.
And then along those lines are making sure you’re asking yourself, does this service, does this offer deliver an immediate result? Does it solve an immediate problem for my people, for my clients? So these are the seven questions. And when you ask yourself these questions, it’s going to give you clarity on whether or not you need to edit an existing alter,
uh, offer or alter an existing offer or create a new one. You are going to know how that offer fits into your longterm business model in stop yourself. If it doesn’t stop yourself, if you really want to make sure that what you’re creating is going to fit into what you want your company to be known for. And let’s make sure that the offer you’re creating to sell right now.
So it was an immediate pain problem for people because that’s what we know about are right now buyers. So going back through this, I’ll just repeat these seven questions really quick for you, and we can move on. I’m going to give you some tips here to keep going. So the question number one is what is your primary offer service program? Coarser product question.
Number two, is, is it selling question number three, is, does this offer solve an immediate problem for your clients? Number four, what changes need to be made to alter or improve or update your offer to solve an immediate problem? Number five, is your offer something that you want yourself or your company to become known for? Number six, are you operating in your zone of genius and number seven,
does your offer make you enough money? When you answer those seven questions, you are going to know exactly how to offer services that are selling right now. And you’re going to be able to take an inventory of what you’ve already done. I don’t want you recreating the wheel. I want you taking your expertise, your experience, your current services, taking a peek at them and making some tweaks.
Unless you’re a new business, we’re going to start from scratch and answering those questions is going to give you incredible clarity on what you can and should be selling right now in your new market. And here’s some tips. If you feel like you’re a little stuck here, this is more advanced business tips. For those of you guys that are established businesses. The first thing is is you should highly consider creating a signature offer that you want to be known for.
If you haven’t done that yet, consider what that signature offer could be and how you want to be known in your space. Tip number two, if you’re not sure what to do here, you guys ask your clients, get on the phone with people, pick up the phone, call clients, call past clients, call friends who might know people that could use your services.
Literally get on the phone with people and ask them, what are you struggling with? What problem do you have right now? And how can I solve that for you? And listen, be a really good listener if you’re stuck and you aren’t sure where to start listening is the best market research you can ever, ever do. So listen, ask questions and create solutions and tip.
Number three is if you haven’t yet now certainly is the time to scale your business by offering online services, programs, coaching, digital products, communities, so on and so forth. The list is endless. As far as the business model, you can choose online. The question is is what are you doing? What end result are you giving? The answer is not I’m offering a course.
The answer is not I’m offering coaching or I’m having an event. The answer is I’m helping people solve this. So ask yourself, what problem are you solving? And then ask yourself what sort of method or business model is best for my business that I can move forward and deliver these results through an online business model scaling. And so again, I have that resource for you to give you the understanding of the different business models.
And you can go grab that by going to April beach.com forward slash ultimate guide, and you’ll receive the ultimate guide for choosing the business, my online business model. That’s right for you. All right, today, we talked about how to offer services that are selling right now. I give you seven strategic questions to ask yourself, to get clarity on how to choose a service or an offer.
That’s going to give your people results and they’re going to pay for it. And I gave you the link to download the ultimate guide, to choose the online business model. That is right for you. All of the information we chatted about can be found in our podcast. Show notes by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 92. Thank you so much for being a listener to this show.
I love that you’re here for only seven. Now episodes away from episode 200, and I really appreciate you sharing this show and trusting us to help you build your business. How do you guys next week.

Episode 191: 6 Key Areas To Reset and Refocus Your Business This Fall – Part 2 – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join the Free 3 day Reset & Refocus Challenge 

Who This Episode is Great For:

Established entrepreneurs (in Phases 2-4 of my Start To Scale Up Business System”) who feel fragmented and need a clear and strong plan to move forward for the rest of 2020.

Summary:

If you feel like your business needs a reset, you’re not alone. Fall is a natural time to reset and refocus, but this year these tasks are not idealistic, they’re imperative! In this episode, we’re continuing our talk on the 6 Core Areas of your business that may require your attention to reset and refocus, in order for your business to keep moving forward and be ready for 2021. 
 
In this show (part 2) we dive into core areas 4, 5, and 6; your mind, your network and your home or life. April guides you through strategic questions to determine if you need to reset, and gives you tips on how to reset each area if needed. This is another practical business strategy training that will give you immediate business results. 

Highlights:

  1. Know how to choose a mastermind 
  2. Know if you need a mindset shift
  3. Get tips to separate your work and life if you have a home office
  4. Have resources to connect with powerful affiliates to grow your business

Resources Mentioned:

 
 
Want to Be an Affiliate for My Products/Services? Email kelli@sweetlifeco.com


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

You’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hi guys. And welcome back to part two of the reset and refocus your business. The fall challenge. This isn’t really a challenge, although we are running the live challenge this week. And so you are invited to join us.
If you are a subscriber to this podcast and listening to it real time, I’m hosting the fifth annual entrepreneur reset and refocus challenge. That really helps you make sure your business is on track for the last three and a half months of the year. I would love for you to join me in there. You can just cruise over to Sweetlife co.com forward slash reset to join me in this challenge.
And so what we’re talking about today is the second part of six really important areas that once we reset them, it’s going to help your business focus and move forward this fall. And we always host this challenge. This is something we all as business owners need to do. That’s why we have done this so many years in a row, but this particular year is a mess.
And so what we’re doing is even more than what we usually do. Not more work, more focused, more important. I think then what we usually want to do of feeling good to reset in the fall. It’s no longer feeling good to reset in the fall this year. It is. We have to make sure your business is reset and refocused this fall without a doubt,
it’s time to do it. So welcome to the show. I’m April beach, I’m your host. And of course you are tuned into this wait life entrepreneur and business podcast. I am so glad that you were here. All the show notes and everything that we’re talking about on this episode and last week’s episode can be found by visiting and sweet lives. podcast.com
forward slash one 91. As I said, this is a continuation. So this is part two. So if you missed last week’s episode, episode, number one 90, I highly recommend you pause this where you are and go back and listen to last week’s episode. First in these two shows, we are talking about your services and your offer and your marketing and your systems.
And then today’s show we’re really honing into your mindset, your network, and your home and your life, and how to reset these important areas so that your business is going to thrive this fall. And I invite you again to join me in the reset and refocus challenge, totally free, and to download the eight page cheat sheet workbook I have for you to create immediate action and results in your business by visiting Sweetlife co.com
forward slash reset. Okay, let’s go ahead and dive into today’s focus area.<inaudible> Last week on the show I gave you tips and strategies to know whether or not you need to reset your offer, your marketing and your lead generation systems and your internal business systems today on the show, we’re really diving into your mind, your mindset, where are you mentally as a business owner,
we’re going to dive into your network, who are you connecting with? Are they valuable to you? And are you valuable to them? And we’re going to dive into your home office and your life. All of these things are equally important to your business, who you are, what’s happening in your life. All these things affect your business. And so that’s why they’re important for us to talk about on this show.
So let’s go ahead and start with talking about resetting your mind. Tony Robbins says that business success is 83% mindset, 17% strategy. You hear that again and again, we know it to be true. You can have all the tools in the world. You can have all the blueprints, the perfect business plan, but if your mind isn’t set on being successful and working hard and being amazing at what you do,
you’re never going to do it. And so it’s really important that together, we talk about making sure our mind is where we want to be, and that we are mentally advancing as leaders and as entrepreneurs. So area number four of resetting. Again, we talked about one through three and last week show area. Number four, every setting is your mind.
And here are some questions that I want you to ask yourself. What do you want to learn? Are you growing? Are you currently challenging yourself in growing as a leader, as an entrepreneur, as a business owner, as a human being, when we stopped learning and we stopped growing that’s when everything else kind of comes to a screeching halt. I’ve learned that about myself.
When I stopped listening to audible books, when I stopped challenging myself to go to the gym, when I stopped doing things in my life or for my mind, then everything else slowly kind of comes to this screeching halt. And so it’s important as we reset this fall that we’re talking about what’s going on in your head because this year has been really hard,
mentally, more than ever on a lot of us and most of us and our kids, I can tell you that I get what it feels like to be exhausted simply from having your mind overworking. And so we’re going to reset that so that your mind is thriving and that you are firing on all cylinders. So ask yourself, what’s something new that you want to learn.
What do you want to know more about, or what areas do you want to advance in your business, maybe in your personal life. And here are some tips to refocus these areas, this fall, first of all, you can identify what you’re missing in what you want to become known for. So, first of all, ask yourself, what do I want to be known for?
Have you ever answered that question? What do I want to be known for? When people talk about me now, when people talk about me 10 years from now, 50 years from now, what do you want to have been known for in your business? And so what can you, or should you be doing right now to learn more, to grow in that area?
That’s one question to ask yourself as you’re resetting mentally right now, here’s another one what’s holding you back from getting to the next level. Is it you, I’m not talking about things like finances or my team isn’t big enough. Those are all the business strategy, things that we talk about on the show all the time that you know, we implement for clients.
We’re talking about in your own head, what’s holding you back from getting to that next level. Do you maybe just need some inspiration or some guidance in that? Should you hire a coach? Is it time to join a mastermind? Is it time to invest in your own development? It can be free by bingeing books and podcasts. You can start journaling and paying attention to what you’re saying.
And you can invest in yourself by getting a high level coach or joining a mastermind of people that are slightly ahead of where you are in your business. When you join a mastermind, I recommend that you join a mastermind with likeminded people, that people that are a little bit further ahead than where you are. So you can learn from them and you can grow with that group of people.
So the first area to reset, which is reset. Number four, if you’re listening to both parts of this podcast is your mind, what do you want to learn? How do you want to grow in what areas do you want to advance? What do you want to be known for? And how are you going to invest in yourself to bring yourself to the next level?
You’re a coach or a mastermind through a program? What is it going to be? And if you can’t do it today, when are you going to commit to make those changes? Area number two, which is reset area number five in the big picture is your network. Who do you know that benefits your business? What businesses can you or your business benefit and who do you want to know?
So who currently knows your business that maybe you haven’t asked them to share your company, that their services, their operations, their brand could benefit your business, help you generate new revenue or establish your brand further in your marketplace. Are you utilizing those relationships? Or you can ask yourself, who can I help? It’s just as important to give as we hope to receive as business owners.
So ask yourself what businesses are out there that my business can make that business look even better by what we do, because that’s the way to build winning partnerships is by reaching out and saying, Hey, I want to help you be better. That’s the right way to start. And who do you want to know? What influencers or leaders in your space do you not know yet that you want to get closer to that you want to become friends with.
You want to get in that insider circle. And here’s some tips to go about doing these things. First of all, make a list of three people that you want to have coffee with and schedule at least one of those coffee dates in the next two days. That’s your challenge. Number one, number two, join a mastermind of likeminded entrepreneurs that are a little bit ahead of you find a mastermind of business,
people that are serious and that align with your values. Of course, little plug here. You can always go to sweet life mastermind and apply to join our mastermind. 2020 mastermind is going to be insane by the way. And that might be exactly where you’re supposed to be. The next tip for you when it comes to your network is to join an affiliate launch.
Some of the best friends that I’ve made in business are being part of an affiliate launch, where I was launching a program for another company. And these are my business BFS. They’re amazing companies that we all came together to support a third company launch. So have you ever been part of an affiliate launch? Do you want to be part of an affiliate launch being part of an affiliate launches?
One of the best ways that I can recommend making new business friends that are high quality friends to network with, if you want to know more about affiliate launches, check out Laura sprinkle. She’s one of our favorite people she’s been here on the podcast. If you want to join our affiliate launch program, you can simply email Kelly, K E L L i@sweetlifeco.com.
I’ll make sure all this is in the show notes for you, but either way I don’t care if it’s our affiliate program or somebody else’s being part of an affiliate program is an amazing way for you to network with other people, make good friends that are going to continue to develop your company and just to cut right to the chase. Stop expecting, to make real business friends and Facebook groups.
It’s not the place where relationships are being built anymore. You might create a lead there or a connection, but pick up the phone and call people, pick up the phone, ask people to have coffee with you and listen to what’s on their plate. And whether business is about that’s, how you’re going to develop a network that is unbreakable. And then the third area in this show that we want to focus in on to reset and refocus your business.
This fall is reset area number six, and this is your home office and your life. So this is the last area. And you know, I talk about this a lot here on the show. You guys know that I have run multiple companies out of my home for 17 years. It’s incredibly difficult. And just because, you know, we have home companies doesn’t mean we aren’t incredibly profitable,
serious businesses. And now in 2020, most companies are realizing the power and the convenience of actually running profitable businesses with large teams from home. But it does pose a challenge to you as a leader. And it certainly poses a challenge to you as a creative entrepreneur. When your work life is immeshed with your personal life, especially if you are not used to this.
So ask yourself these questions, how’s it working for you. You might totally love it. And that’s awesome if you do, but if other people are home while you’re trying to work, it definitely can cause distractions and problems. And so some things that you should be focusing on as we reset and make sure your business is in line with where you want to go is how can you separate your work and your life physically,
it could be making sure your office is in a separate room, but if you’re in a smaller apartment, I have a lot of clients that have really small apartments in Manhattan, then using some sort of a partition in your living area. So you’re not always staring at your work is a really important way to separate your mind and to keep clarity of thinking separate from your business and your life.
And here are some tips to really clean up the home work life situation. Number one, clearly communicate when you’re working and when you are not supposed to be interrupted. I don’t care if your kid is three. If your kid is 13, if your kid is still at home and they’re 23, if it’s your partner seriously, I don’t care. I have done communications at all those ages.
You have to communicate men you’re working say, please do not interrupt me. Here is a Lego. Here is a TV show. Here is a coloring book or great go for a bike ride, whatever that is clearly communicate when you’re working and when you should not be interrupted and set those expectations. And those times in advance. So everybody knows. Number two,
create a block calendar of certain specific areas in your business that you’re focusing on each day. This will help you to keep your mind focused when you’re kind of in like the mush pot of life and business, all in one, definitely I’m a big advocate for also remodeling or moving furniture and even a curtain or a partition as business owners, our minds never stop.
You’re always thinking we’re dreaming about our business. We’re creating things in our mind when we’re sleeping, who we are as entrepreneurs. And so it’s really important that you have a way if you’re working from home to separate. So you weren’t looking at it all the time, because your mind is going to need to rest. We need to give your mind a break so that you can create amazing things when we want to turn it back on,
because the reality is is never totally turns off. So we want to do our best to protect and give your mind rest. And then the last tip I have for you is to run Pomodoros. I did a little video on IGT on what a Pomodoro is, but in a nutshell, it’s running a sprint. It’s basically where you’ll work for 20 minutes and take five minutes off or you’ll work for 45 minutes and you’ll take 15 minutes off and you actually run these sprints almost with an egg timer,
or you can put a timer on your phone where you focus clearly on one area for a short period of time. And then you walk away completely and take a break. That’s what a Pomodoro is. Pomodoros are one of the number one ways that I have been able to be successful in produce as a mother with three children at home that rents two companies and has a podcast.
And so whatever your situation looks like, I can guarantee you that running Pomodoros will work for you and you can cruise over and see my IETV demonstration on that over at, at April beach life, which is my new Instagram handle, by the way, after I was totally hacked. Love for you to check that out over there. And I’ll go ahead and put a link to that in the show notes as well.
Okay. So today we talked about reset areas. Number four, five, and six for your business. Number four is your mind. Number five is resetting and refocusing your network and your affiliates. And number six is resetting your home and your office life, especially for those of you guys that have to deal with kids that are homeschooling right now. Now last week on the show areas again,
when one was your offer, two was your marketing and funnels and three where your internal business systems. And then today, again, we talked about your mind, your network and your home office and life. Now this is a lot of information. I know I’m throwing a lot of information at you hear on the show. If you can walk away with one question and one area you are resetting for yourself,
whether it is your mind or your home life or your network, one area you want to focus in on and really clarify it, simplify it so you can grow in it. Then that is a win. If you’re an overachiever and you really love to nail things and do them 150%, make sure you are joining me in this year’s reset and refocus entrepreneur challenge.
It’s totally free in all these questions and self challenges that we’ve talked about here on the show. Plus resources are given to you in a completely free workbook and you can join me there by cruising over to Sweetlife co.com forward slash reset. And all the show notes can be bound by visiting our podcast website episode number 191. All right, my friend, it is so great to talk to you again on episode number 191.
I can’t believe we’re coming up on 200 episodes here on the sweet life entrepreneur business podcast. Thank you so much for being a listener to this show. If you haven’t actually officially click subscribe, please make sure you do so. So you get these shows in real time because a lot of our episodes come with bonuses, templates, blueprints, cheat, sheets,
even challenges in coaching like we’re doing now with the reset and refocus challenge that most business consulting firms charge thousands of dollars for. And I don’t want you to miss it. So just simply click subscribe. So you’re always in the know, and of course you can get more information on how we can continue to support your business growth by visiting Sweetlife co.com. And I will see you tomorrow morning if you’re listening to this in real time at the live reset,
Challenging 2020. Bye bye for now.

Episode 190: 6 Key Areas To Reset and Refocus Your Business This Fall – Part 1 – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join the Free 3 day Reset & Refocus Challenge 

Who This Episode is Great For:

Established entrepreneurs (in Phases 2-4 of my “Start To Scale Up Business System”) who feel fragmented and need a clear and strong plan to move forward for the rest of 2020.

Summary:

If you feel like your business needs a reset, you’re not alone. Fall is a natural time to reset and refocus, but this year these tasks are not idealistic, they’re imperative! In this episode, we’re talking about the Core Areas of your business that may need a reset and refocus, in order for your business to keep moving forward and be ready for 2021. 
 
In this show (part 1 of 2) we dive into the first 3 areas; your offers, your marketing, and your business operations systems. April guides you through strategic questions to determine if you need to reset, and she gives you tips on how to reset each area if needed. This is another practical podcast business training that will give you immediate business results.

Highlights:

  1. Know if you need to refine your offer
  2. Be ready to fix your marketing funnels 
  3. Know the most important business systems SOPs you need to fix or create

Resources Mentioned:

 


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. This is episode number 190 here on the sweet life entrepreneur business podcast. And I made real beach super glad that you’re here joining me. And this is part one of a two part series that we’re doing about how to reset and refocus your business this fall.
This is a super important episode, as well as next week’s. Now, let me give you a little bit of background. If you’re new to the Sweetlife company or the Sweetlife podcast every single year for the last five years, I host the reset in the refocus entrepreneur challenge. This is a challenge that’s usually just a couple of days long. That helps you refocus the most core components of your business so that you can thrive every fall.
And this is usually something we do because in the summertime I do a lot of traveling. You do a lot of traveling things, just get a little sloppy in the summertime. When it comes to business here in 2020 this year, it’s just been completely different. So this reset and those three focus challenge might be even more important than any other year. We’ve hosted it because we’re not rebounding from a glorious summer adventuring or traveling abroad.
We’re rebounding from some seriously rough months as business owners and parents and entrepreneurs and professionals. And it’s really time to refocus your business. As a matter of fact, as this show drops, I am currently dropping my oldest and first child off to college. So there are so many changes and big things are happening that are really outside of the norm this year.
So as you will likely be going through the reset and the refocus challenge with us, I hope that you do. I’m going to be going through it as well, right there with you. And so is my team. We always roll up our sleeves and participate because these are things that we need to reset and refocus on in our company as well. So before I dive into today’s show again,
which is part one of a two part show, I want to invite you to join me totally free. And the fifth annual entrepreneur reset and refocus challenge, all you have to do is go to sweet life, co.com forward slash reset. And you’re going to get a schedule of live events that you can drop into, or you can catch the live replay.
And you’re going to get an eight page quick action, fast implementation workbook with a couple of sheets to help you know exactly how to reset your focus, your business, and the most important areas that are going to move the marker for profit team building growth and scaling this fall. So before we dive into today’s episode, I want to make sure you had the invitation to join.
Simply go to Sweetlife code.com forward slash reset, and we’re kicking off the reset and the refocus challenge on Tuesday, September the eighth. So make sure you join by then. Otherwise you’re not going to get in. Okay, let’s go ahead and talk about who this actual episode is for in next week’s as well. These episodes are for established entrepreneurs. So you’re in phases two to four of my start to scale up business system.
This means you already have a business and, you know, things might just be a little fuzzy or blurry or overwhelming, not as organized as you want them to be right now. And you need to refocus your business for the rest of 2020. So you’re offering your services, your marketing, your systems, your mindset, where’s your mindset right now. I think that’s a really big,
important part of business development, growth and profit is your mindset. We’re going to talk about that on these shows as well, your network, and really what’s happening with your home life. If you’ve been listening to the show for a while, you know that I don’t believe or agree with the terminology work life balance. I believe in building businesses that are cohesive and that work in harmony with your life and with,
you know, being a busy and maybe even workaholic entrepreneur, like I am that it all flows. And those are the things we’re talking about here. So if you’re like me, you’re going to love this. Fall’s normally a time where we reset, right? It’s normally a time where the kids go back to school and we’re, we’re kind of looking at,
okay, Hey, quarter three is here. Where are we have we had our financial benchmarks. And so what we’re doing this year is of course, we’re looking at all those things, but we have to look at it through a little bit different glasses, just because of how weird 2020 has been. And a lot of us have different challenges than we have had in the past.
They are the typical, you know, regular resetting. There’s a lot of mindset and home office work strategy that we’re going to be talking about on these two shows as well. So as an entrepreneur, you’re fully responsible for the growth and success of your business. And so it’s critical that you make sure that the goals that you have are in line with your offer and your marketing and your systems.
And so those are the areas we are primarily focusing on in this show. So at the end of this show, you are going to have a clear understanding of whether or not you need to reset and refocus your offers, how your marketing and lead generation funnels are performing and what you might need to do to change those and any internal systems that you need to reset and refocus in a next week show,
we’re diving into resetting and focusing your mindset and your mental health as an entrepreneur, your network are you affiliating with the right businesses to help your company grow and also your home life and your home office spacing. If you’re in one of those situations where you’re working from home. So let’s go ahead and dive into today’s episode. Again, all of the show notes can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com
forward slash one nine zero<inaudible>. Okay. The first three key areas we’re focusing on helping you to identify how to reset and refocus these particular areas for your business are your offer, your marketing and your lead generation funnel and your internal business systems. So let’s go ahead and dive in, in just kind of take apart your offers. It’s incredibly important that what you’re offering,
what you’re selling, your services, your programs, your courses, your products, that they are in line with what your market is buying right now so much has changed. We’re looking outside the box of usual sales, growth and strategies. And we’re looking at your buyers, your clients with new goggles, right? Sometimes like beer goggles, like you can’t see clearly tell me,
you know what I’m talking about this, and you just really can’t see clearly. And so we want to clarify that on today’s show. So here are some questions that you should be asking yourself as we analyze whether or not you need to reset or maybe rebuild or refocus your offers to hit the benchmarks that you need to hit for your business at the end of this year.
So here’s some of these questions. And just as a reminder, all of these questions are actually written out for you with tips and resources in the workbook. That’s totally free. That comes along with our reset and refocus challenge. Again, you can join that challenge by visiting Sweetlife co.com forward slash reset. So as I go through these questions, if you’re processing them in your mind,
awesome, the best place to process them is on paper or written down. And that’s what that supplemental workbook is for. So the first question to ask yourself is what is your primary offer service program course, or product? So what is the number one thing that you are selling right now? What’s the most popular thing that people come to you for? And the second question is,
is, is it selling now when we answer the question, is it selling? That’s a little relative, okay. Everybody’s business is different. Everybody’s geographic territory is different, but what I want to know is is your primary offer selling, as you would expect it to be based on your business, your market, and where you are geographically in the world,
everybody is different. So is it something the way that you expect it to be right now? The next question I want you to ask yourself, especially if it’s not selling the way that you want it to be right now, is does your primary offer solve an immediate problem for your clients? Right now in 2020, people generally are buying things that are fixing their right now problems.
Didn’t always used to be this way. This is what’s selling right now. So I want you to look at your current offering your current services. And I want you to ask yourself, do my current services that I’m offering my primary service or program or product. Does it solve a right now problem? And if your sales have been falling off a bit,
maybe it’s because you’ve had this amazing offer, but for 2020, it doesn’t solve a right now problem. So it’s certainly an important question to ask yourself the next question I want to, I want you to ask yourself, especially if your offer is selling, is, is that something that you want yourself or your company to be known for? All right.
So whatever you’re selling, is that what you want your reputation to be known for? Do you want people to say, Oh yeah, I know Joe, because he does this. So whatever you’re selling right now, especially honestly, if you’re new in a marketplace, ask yourself, is this something that I would like to be known for and is your offer operating in your genius zone?
So is the offer that you have aligning with what you’re great at? What you’re an expert at what you have experienced at what seems to flow naturally from you as a human being, all those things are very important. I don’t care if you have a hundred employees or it’s just yourself, all those things and making sure what you’re selling is an extension of who you are.
As a business owner is a really important thing because when you’re selling something that aligns with your zone of genius, it sells easier. People are attracted to you and you get greater results. So does the service you provide align with yours zone of genius. And then the last question to help you identify, if you need to make some changes to your offer,
this fall is, does your offer make you enough money? We always want to come back and making sure we’re building a profitable business for you. So does your offer make you enough money? Is it one that is a lower priced offer? So you have to sell more of it or is it a higher priced offer? And so you actually work with fewer clients and give a more thorough delivery,
and that’s all relative as well. How much money do you want and need to make? What are your financial benchmarks? So the first area we’re helping you kind of wrap your head around here and I’d love for you just to stop for a second, wherever you are, if you’re cooking or driving or working out and ask yourself is what I’m selling, giving me the results that I expect right now.
And if you need to reset, if you need help on figuring out how to reset again, don’t forget to join me in the reset and refocus challenge. Cause we’re going to be chatting about these things live, and I’m going to be taking your questions. But here are some tips that you can use right now to process or whether or not you need to reset.
First of all, if it’s not selling, you have a problem. We have to take a look at what you’re selling. That doesn’t take rocket science, right beyond that, ask your clients what they really need right now. If you aren’t delivering something that’s, that is a current problem for your clients. Consider scaling back, maybe a larger offer. You have to give them immediate results in an area they’re struggling with right now.
The next problem for a lot of businesses is bringing you from offline to online. We have a lot of resources. I’ll drop links for you. In the show notes of this episode, there are a ton of different online business models where you can take the work you’ve already done. Take your assets, take your content and turn them into online business models.
And I’ll make sure and leave a link in the resources for the show notes for you to download our ultimate guide to the online business model. That’s right for you. And we will certainly be talking about that in our reset and refocus challenge to give you more wisdom in that area, if that is you. So the first area of identifying what needs to be reset for fall of 2020 is your offer area.
Number two is your marketing and lead generation funnel. Okay? So let’s go ahead and zoom in a little bit closer here on what’s happening with your lead generation. The first question is, is are you generating new leads right now? If not, if maybe you’ve stopped your advertising or you weren’t posting as much on social media, well fix those things. Those are easy fixes.
We’re not going to talk about on a business strategy. You know what you have to do. So just schedule it and begin to reset those areas from a business strategy standpoint. Here’s some questions. If you are doing those things and you just aren’t generating any new leads, here’s some things I want you to think about. First of all, where are the leads you’re getting coming from?
What’s working right now with the leads that you have, have they fallen off? Are they coming in, in a trickle in, what does that look like? And what process, what Avenue, what experience are leads coming to you? And is this pathway where you’re receiving leads? Are you getting the results you need from these leads? Are they high quality leads or are they just leads?
I would rather, you have a list of a hundred great leads than a list of 10,000 people that really don’t give a shit about what you’re selling, or they’re never going to buy from you. That is a waste of your marketing dollar and your time. And it really helps. It makes it harder for you to judge whether or not you’re servicing the right people because the people you’re servicing might not ever be qualified leads in the first place.
So the questions I want you to ask yourself are with the leads you’re getting. Are they the ones you want? Are they high quality leads? Are they giving you the results you want and are your leads coming in, in a trickle or are they coming in, in a flood gate? The next question is, if they’re coming in in a flood gate,
are your online business funnels handling that? Well? So one of the problems that we work with companies on when it’s time to scale is not that it’s trouble gaining a floodgate of leads, is it sometimes they’re online, digital funnels are not ready for those leads. It’s just gonna all collapse on top of each other. So you want to make sure that your business and the tech side of your business is set up properly so that you are ready to handle the volume of leads that come in when you’re doing a great job with your marketing.
So the first thing I want you to do is go back and look at your internal systems. What does that look like? Are your funnels built properly? Are your landing pages and your forms in your email followup sequences and all these basic digital marketing funnels that every single company, whether you operate only online or in person or a hybrid combination of both, you have to have your online funnels functioning properly.
And so that’s step number one. So when we’re looking at your marketing, your lead generation resetting for this fall, step number one is to look at the technical side of your business and let’s make sure that they’re all running and flowing properly. Once we know that your systems and your funnels are built correctly, then we can ask our associates questions. Is it time to increase the number of leads into your business?
Should you start running ads? Should you start connecting with other businesses and building affiliate relationships? Should you increase your social media presence, maybe be doing more live streams. And we can talk about the marketing side of it, but many businesses just jump into the marketing side, but the structure, the blueprint of how people get into their business is going to fail when they increase those leads.
So for our reset and refocus this fall, I want you to ask yourself, is your company actually ready for a flow of consistent leads coming in, in when those right perfect leads do come in, is your company going to give those leads and experience that completely wows them and makes them want to be returned customers or by whatever it is you have to sell?
Because the online experience you’ve delivered is so awesome. They love being a part of what you’re doing. That is area number two, to reset and refocus this fall. And we’re going to be diving into all that as well, and the reset and refocus challenge. So if you’re totally new to digital marketing, this is a great place for you to start to get tips and strategies and software recipes to make this work great for you and a fix for you is to hire a VA or hire help to fix broken systems.
If that’s what you need to do, put that on your, to do list and go ahead and delegate that out so that you’re fixing your funnels right now. And the third area we’re focusing on for our reset and refocus challenge this year are your internal systems. So your internal systems have to be in place and flowing very similarly to how the technical funnels work in your business.
In order for you to increase your profit, sustain your clients that you already have, and really be able to grow in scale your business. So here’s some questions to ask yourself, do you have standard operating procedures created for your primary business functions? Now, I’ll be honest after launch. When we start working with companies who are ready to scale online, many companies don’t have these basic SOP in place to run a smoothly functioning online business so that you can scale.
And that’s totally fine. So if you’ve been in business for years and you don’t have any of these, you’re not alone. Let me just tell you this, but here are some areas. I want you to focus this fall because once we can get these in place for you, once these are in an order and you can delegate clearly, then you’re going to be able to grow.
So ask yourself these questions. Do you have SOP is created for your content creation in your content and marketing distribution. Do you have standard operating procedures in place for hiring people and onboarding staff for duties that you would delegate on a regular basis to your team members? Do you have SOP is in place for client onboarding or client management or client offboarding? What happens when you’re done working with the client?
Do you have amazing systems in place to wish that client farewell, as they’re done working with you, that is a way that’s going to make them feel so great about it. They’re going to continue to refer other people your way. And do you have standard operating procedures and systems in place for your finances, your bill pay, and are you paying yourself?
These are all basic SOP is that every single business needs to have in place in order for us to get you to that point where we can scale your business to the next level. So as we go through and we really look at maybe some areas of focus to help you hone in on what you should be working on for your company, this fall looking at all,
those might be super overwhelming. So just pick one area that you would like to start by developing your systems. And it could be content marketing could be marketing, distribution, team, building, client support services, or internal services like finances and bill pay, whatever it is, just pick one. And that’s what we’re going to do in the challenge. We’re going to get you started with one.
And once you get started with one, then the next one is easier. And the next one’s easier. And here are some tips to reset in order to write out procedures. The thought of that seems really overwhelming. So, Oh, I recommend that you do is take one day when you were performing these tasks and simply document, it can be as simple as bullet points,
the steps that you’re going through to perform these tasks, and then share that documentation with your team or have somebody else clean it up for you. You can also hire a VA that specializes in systems to get your systems in place. And you can work with a company like ours, the Sweetlife company, where we help you get your systems in place. And we give you templates to copy so that the systems are in place.
Whatever’s going to work for you. Pick one system that you would like to create that you know, needs to be created that maybe not having the system created has caused problems. Maybe you’ve lost money. Maybe you haven’t been able to grow your business the way that you know that it should be growing because you’re recreating the wheel every single time you do this system,
we’ve got to stop that. And so, as we look at part one of this two part series on how to reset and refocus your business this fall, the first three areas that we’re focusing on this week are also the three areas that we’re going to deep dive together in our three day live reset and refocus challenge. These are the areas I find where you might have questions.
You might need more help. So these are the three areas we’re going to work through together live. And the challenge verse one is your offer. The second one is your marketing and lead generation funnel. And the third one is your internal systems and SOP. And so that’s a recap of what we talked about today. Next week, we’re diving into continuing our reset and refocus challenge.
We’re diving into your mind and your mindset, your network, and your affiliates and your home and office life also really important areas, but we won’t be focusing on those areas in the live challenge. So if you’d like to join us for the live challenge, again, it’s totally free. You can cruise over to Sweetlife co.com forward slash reset, and you’ll receive the complete reset and refocus challenge workbook.
Plus the schedule of live streams, where I can support you personally. That was a lot to talk about. Oh my gosh, I know it just seems so overwhelming. Sometimes we dive into these things that we need to reset, but we are simplifying this. We’re not going to reset everything. We’re going to reset. Just a couple of things that are going to hugely move the needle on your business.
I don’t even know if that makes sense, hugely move the needle. You know what I mean? We’re focusing on your offer. What are you selling? We’re focusing on your marketing. Are you generating new leads? We’re focusing on your systems. Is your business a well oiled machine. It needs to be in order for you to profit. So join me next week on Sweetlife podcast.
Number one 91 to dive in more and join me for free right now, the reset and refocus challenge kicks off on September the eighth, 2020 by visiting Sweetlife co.com Forward slash reset. I’ll see you guys there.

Episode 189: Online Business Terms and Acronyms Made Easy – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Ultimate Guide to the online business model that’s right for you

Who This Episode is Great For:

This show is for established companies looking to scale with online business models and new entrepreneurs launching online and feeling lost in the terminology and acronyms.

Summary:

Online entrepreneurs speak a different language and for companies who are looking to scale with online business models, the terms can be confusing and time consuming to learn. To help you be in the know and talk like an online pro faster, this show is a glossary of online terms made easy.

Highlights:

  1. Know what the most common online business terms mean
  2. Stop feeling confused with online business lingo
  3. Have confidence and knowledge to make decisions 

Resources Mentioned:

 
Join Our Community to Scale Online Faster
 


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate<inaudible>. Hi everyone. And welcome back to the show. This is episode number 189 and everything we’re talking about today, including the bonuses and the resources that we’re providing with this show can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com
forward slash one 89. So if you’re on the go and you can’t take notes or you can’t pause and go to another website on your phone. No worries. Just remember Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 89. We’ll give you everything that you are looking for when you have an opportunity to go grab it. Welcome to the show. My name is April leach.
I’m the host here on the show and we’re coming up almost on four years of this podcast. Thank you so much to all of you. Who’ve been crazy faithful, awesome listeners for so long. And if you’re new to this show, I’m super glad to be connected with you. I teach small businesses and entrepreneurs how to grow their company by scaling online and everything we talk about here on this show are proven and trusted business trainings to help you do that.
In fact, a lot of our shows are so valuable that a lot of coaching and consulting firms charge thousands of dollars for the tools and the strategies and the action items that we bring to you here on this show. So I’m really, really glad that you are here. If you haven’t clicked subscribe yet, or if you haven’t clicked subscribe in a while,
please do. So. We are on all of your favorite podcasts. We’ll see devices including obviously where you’re listening to us right now. So just go in and make sure that you’ve clicked subscribe, and we do really appreciate all of the reviews. You guys leave us on Apple podcasts. So at the time of this recording, it’s the end of August.
And if your life is like mine, which I’m assuming it is we connect. And that’s why you listen here to this show. That’s means that things are about to get even crazier than they were before, regarding whatever is happening with school and your kids and running and managing and owning the company that you do. And so many things are up on the air and it’s just a hard time.
And actually when this show drops, I am on my way to drop my oldest son off to college. So I’m right there with you. And I want you to know that you’re not alone and we’re still here consistent behind you, giving you the tools you need to grow your business throughout all of the unpredictable world of 2020. So I just want to take a pause for a sec and just say kudos to you for being here for listening to this show,
whether you’re listening to it live as soon as it drops or you’re coming back to this, you know, years later, this going to be one of those shows. I think people refer back to a lot because it just really covers a lot of online business basics that don’t change. I just want to say you’re doing awesome job. So let’s go ahead and dive into what you can expect with today’s episode.
We are talking about online business terms, acronyms made easy. And so this particular show is for those of you who have established businesses, and it’s time to scale your company by utilizing online business models and strategies and funnels, or those of you who are new to launching a business, and you’re launching your company online. Here’s the deal online entrepreneurs speak a different language.
There are some words that we use in the online business space that, you know, I really actually have to catch myself sometimes when I’m talking to people because all of a sudden this blank look will come over their face. And I will have said a term or an acronym that just doesn’t make sense to anybody else, unless you’re already in the online business space.
And so if you’ve ever been talking to somebody or reading a blog or listening here on the show, and I’ve said something that just kind of went, Whoa, I have no idea what that is is April. Well, this particular episode is designed to fix that for you, because the reality is is that, that we don’t want you to be confused.
These things are not hard as long as you know what they are. So I want you to be confident. I want you to know what other people are talking about. I want you to know what you’re talking about. I want you to know what you’re looking for in certain functions of software and in website things that we’re going to be discussing today. And it all comes back to understanding the terminology and the acronyms that are used to describe functionality of software in different results and benchmarks.
Frankly, you need to hit in your business in order for it to grow. So the end of this episode, you’re going to know what the most common online business terms mean. You’re going to stop feeling confused if you’ve felt confused before with all this online business lingo, and you’re going to have the confidence to move forward, continue in conversations, ask intelligent and educated questions.
Now that you’re kind of past this entry level threshold of online business terms. And I do have a resource for you today. So if you’re just getting into online business scaling, if you’re taking your established business and you’re wondering what to do, should I launch a course? Should I launch a video series? Should I launch a membership or a digital, or even an in person type of retreat?
Some of you guys are even wondering, should I launch a podcast? I have a completely free 14 page resource for you. It’s called the ultimate guide to the online business model. That’s right for you. You can go grab that in our website for the show notes again, which can be found@lifepodcast.com forward slash one 89. So to give you more clarity on actually what you’re building and how you’re scaling your company,
today’s show, make sure that you go grab that ultimate guide to online business models in our podcast, show notes totally free, and that will save you years of time and really thousands of dollars of building the wrong kind of online business. Okay. So let’s go ahead and dive into today’s show.<inaudible> Okay. Today we’re talking about online business terms made easy and I’m going to go through,
I’m good. Literally going to name the term and give you the definition of it. So it’s just like English one Oh one, except for, for online business and making sure that, you know what things mean. I’ll give you some examples of things so that you can listen to this show and get out of here and understand all the weird language of online business owners.
So the very first thing I want to cover is the term business model. So a business model is the type of business you’re building. Your business model is how you serve clients and how you make money. So what services you offer, how you deliver those services and what actually does that exchange of delivery look like some different examples of business models are in-person services delivered,
virtual services delivered. And again, I gave you that whole entire go grab the ultimate guide to online business models. We have masterminds, we have courses, we have membership sites. We have webinars, whether they’re recorded or on demand, the sky is the limit. And you really need to understand what your business model is, or you need to understand what the injuries result that a business model is going to give your company in order to scale smart.
We don’t want you to just going out there and launching a course cause everybody else is doing it because it’s not necessarily actually in a lot of cases, even the right thing to do to scale and grow your company. So understanding term number one is your business model. Again, that is how you make money, how you serve clients and what that delivery of service looks like.
Next term is lifestyle business. Now this gets a little confused and it’s not a really common online term, but I wanted to throw it in here because if you are a listener to the show, you know that I’m a lifestyle business development expert, and that might seem a little confusing. So I just wanted to clarify that to you and lifestyle business is creating a business model that works with your life.
It’s the way you plan to live your life and then reverse engineering that to build a company that’s going to get you there. It doesn’t mean that the business itself is necessarily a lifestyle business. So you can have a lifestyle business. It gives you the owner, the freedom to be with your family and hang out with your kids more and travel, whatever that looks like for you.
But the business itself, you know, you don’t have to sell surfboards the business itself, whether you’re in marketing or consulting or, you know, video editing, whatever it is that you do, the business itself doesn’t have to be lifestyle focused, but you are building a business that is designed around your lifestyle. And hopefully that kind of clarifies that a little bit.
As a matter of fact, 90% of the companies that I work with to help them grow and scale are not actual lifestyle businesses, but the owners of those companies want a business. That’s going to give them that lifestyle that they want to, hopefully that clarifies that a little bit for you. The next term is I see a, I see a stands for ideal client avatar.
This is used a lot, and you’re going to hear it a lot, especially when you’re new to the online business space, your ideal client avatar, or your ICA, but really the perfect clients that you are called to serve that need, want your offers. So they’re very specific people. This is a very specific set of grouping of people that are ideal to buy your product or buy your services.
That is your ICA. So if you ever hear that term thrown around, if somebody is saying, Hey, well, you know, what are you marketing to? And what are you selling? And who’s your ICA. It means what is the specific subset of people that need and want what you have the next term is IP, which stands for intellectual property.
So this is turning your ideas and your services and your methods. It could also be your secret sauce, your formula, your steps of delivery into your intellectual property. So intellectual property protections allow for creators and owners like you to actually go ahead and make sure they patent and trademark your process. So you don’t necessarily have to do that, but intellectual property,
it’s connected to the ownership of things that are created from your mind. So an example of intellectual property is my start to scale business system, or in the past, it’s been called the sweet life entrepreneur roadmap. They’re my five steps that I share here on the show. A lot that take people from the beginning of your business, all the way through the end of that life cycle of a successful company,
growth over a period of years, that’s my intellectual property. It’s my system. It’s my methodology. I own that. So if you have a method or a system or something, that’s your secret sauce. That is your intellectual property. So the term IP is thrown around a lot, both online and offline when it comes to the ownership of things that are created by your mind,
your methodology, your systems, the next term, which is really important for those of you guys, for starting out, you’re brand new in business. This is something you have to know this term. And this term is M VP, not most valuable player. It actually stands for a minimum viable product. And your minimum viable product is when you develop your ideas into your new product,
your first offer and everything is being sold sufficiently to satisfied customers. So this product is designed and developed. Usually after some feedback from your first customers, your minimum viable product is your minimum service. That has to be proven in order for you to realize that your company is and will be a success. So it’s a very first offer or your first program,
your first package of services or your first product that you’ve created. We have to prove that it is at least minimum leave viable within your market space. So are people buying it? That’s your MVP. You have to hit your MVP. It is the one of the first challenges to overcome as a new business owner. The next term is lead magnet, and this is getting more into marketing.
So your lead magnet is something of high value that you give away for free, that people are willing to give you their name and their email contact information for sometimes their address. And some other information lead magnet is also referred to by some online coaches, as freemium or freebie. The reason why I don’t love that term, and we don’t use that term here on this business show is because your lead magnet is,
I said in the initial definition needs to be of high value. So I’ve done tons of different podcasts on lead magnets and how to create them of high value. So I’m not going to go on squirrel tangent right now, but you might have heard the term freemium or freebie. And those are people that give away kind of crappy stuff, free expecting to grow their lists.
That’s not going to grow your list by the way, it has to be something of high value to get high quality leads. So your lead magnet is something that you create to give away could be a video series. It could be a download. It could be a, a white paper, something of high value to prospects to gather their information. The next term is called conversion tool.
It’s also called the conversion product. This refers to how you turn the leads on your list, the names and the email address on your list and your database into paying clients. So the lead magnet brings them in and gives you the lead, but then we have to still convert them into paying clients. And a conversion tool is usually a little bit different,
a little bit more contact, more relationship based than a lead magnet. Examples of a conversion tool are live webinars, phone calls, or discovery calls, triage calls, personal assessments. It can also be just a sales page. You can have a great sales page that converts your leads into buyers. It could be a shop page. Those things are applicable as well,
but the conversion product is where you take the lead and turn them into buyers sometimes based on what it is your company does, we don’t even really need the lead magnet so much. We might be able to just take cold subscribers and turn them into buyers just with a conversion product. And if you don’t know, a cold subscribers are coming up, okay,
the next term is called a funnel. Now this is thrown around all the time. There are a bunch of different types of funnels. You guys, there are marketing funnels and sales funnels and product funnels. I’m going to give you the term here, understanding in expecting that many of you are just entering the phase in your business where you’re ready to grow it online.
So we’re going to talk about it, actual marketing lead generation funnel here. And I’m going to give you the definition for this. This refers to the building of landing pages on your website, where people can opt in and fill out a form and give you their information. And it refers to the connecting of the rest of your software technology to give them what you have promised.
So a funnel is all of your marketing. Literally imagine like a tornado. And on the top is all of your marketing. It’s all of your social media posting. They might see something that interests them. Example, your lead magnet might interest them. They say, Oh, that’s a really high value thing. I think I want that. And they’re going to go to a landing page that ideally should be built on your website,
where they give their name and email address to get that high value lead magnet. And then what happens next is you send them an automatic email. It says, here you go. Here is the thing that I promised you I’d give you after you gave me your name and email address. So the next part of that funnel is actually that welcome email and the delivery of whatever you promised.
And then it’s also sending them to a thank you page saying, Hey, thank you so much for giving me your contact information. We talked about it two weeks ago here on the show that receiving somebody’s lead is a privilege and you need to care for it. Very importantly, that’s not even a word. You need to really care about people to give you their name and email address.
That’s what I’m saying. The funnel is creating the pages and connecting together the technology, the landing page, the email marketing, and the thank you page to make sure that the delivery of what you promised is done well, that is the tech side of building a funnel. So when we’re talking about funnels, yes, there’s marketing strategy. Yes. There’s what you say and what you’re giving in this definition.
I’m giving you this, the specifics of the tech side of actually building a funnel. It includes your landing page. It includes a thank you page and includes an automatic email that goes out to give somebody what you promised. Okay. Now let’s go into warm and cold audiences. So audience are people who have never heard of your business before. And a warm audience are people who are already familiar with your brand.
So if you hear those two different terms thrown around, or if you’re planning doing an ad campaign, somebody who’s helping you with that might say, are we running these ads to a cold audience or a warm body? And that is the difference. Okay. Three more terms, are you with me? And by the way, all of these terms are going to be written out for you.
For those of you guys who are in our online business community and our app over at mighty house, you can join for free. I’ll put a link in the show notes, or you can just go to sweet life, community.com. If you’re like, Oh my gosh, I want to, you know, write all these down. I’m going to go ahead and upload all these terms just right into our community app.
So for those of you guys who are joined there with us@sweetlifecommunity.com, you don’t even have to opt into it. I’m just going to put all these terms there for you so you can always reference, okay. The next term is S E O S E Oh, stands for a search engine and optimization. It basically means how visible is your website or organically to search engines like Google.
So are people going to your website, are people Googling things or searching for things? And is your website coming up S E O like the terminology for it? Search engine optimization is the practice of increasing the quantity and the quality of the traffic to your website, through organic search results. So this doesn’t mean pain to have your site show up on Google AdWords.
These are things that you do within the copy of your site tags within your site. There are tons of different ways that you can optimize your organic search results for your website and you need to, and that is what we call SP Oh, the next terminology is copy. So the next term is, copy. We hear this all the time and we’ll work with new clients.
And you know, I have to be careful again, I’ll say, okay, give us the copy for your website in the division of my company, where we build Kajabi websites, I’ll say, give us, you know, don’t forget, you need to have a copy of your website. And sometimes new businesses will be like, Oh my gosh, what are you talking about?
What is that? So copy is just your text. Copy. It can refer to the text and your website. It can refer to the text and your social media posts. It can refer to the text in your email, body or other places. It’s literally just the writing of your text there. The words you write. And I will say that every company should have a good copywriter as an essential part of your team.
There are people that have a gift for copywriting, and there are people who don’t. So if you really want to grow your company online, it is going to be important that you learn how to become a good copywriter, or that would be one of the top priority roles I would recommend for you. If I was working with you to scale your business is bringing a really great online sales and marketing copywriter aboard your team.
So copy, just reverse to your text. And then the last term I want to cover is swipe files or swipe copy. So this refers to texts and images created by other companies that you’re allowed to swipe like swiper, no swiping, except for this is like swiper. Yes. Swiping those of you that have older kids like me. You know what I’m talking about?
So this basically means when you are promoting something in conjunction with somebody else, that company may send you what’s called swipe copy or swipe files. They’re literally pre done social media posts that you can just swipe and put out on your own social media to make your life easier. So swipe, copy and swipe files literally means that you can take it and steal it and copy it.
And that’s what it’s designed for. So today we covered a lot of online business terms and acronyms that we usually find that companies new to the online space aren’t really familiar with. We defined business model. We define lifestyle business. I see a, I P am VP. So again, ICA ideal client avatar, IP, intellectual property, MVP, your minimum viable product or service lead magnet,
conversion tool funnel, warm and cold audience. S E O copy and swipe files. Wow. Okay. That was your online business. One Oh one glossary class. I hope you guys, this is very, very helpful. You know, we’re here to help you. We’re here to level up your entrepreneurial IQ because you are amazing at what you do and no successful business owner has time to sit there and wonder what a stupid acronym is.
So we’re just going to tell you, because I know you don’t have time to figure it out and we are here to make you a success. Thank you so much for tuning into this show. Let me go ahead and recap a real quick, where you can find the resources that we’ve talked about. First of all, you are invited to join our online business owners and entrepreneur app.
It’s not a Facebook group anymore. We dumped Facebook months ago. Thank heavens. We now have a custom community app where you can create your own business profile and network with other businesses and get tools here from the show. And you can join that for free by visiting Sweetlife community.com. I’m going to drop in all of these terms into that app, for those of you guys who are in there.
So if you’re listening on the go and you want to come back and reference it, make sure that you join us in our app also for you. Go ahead and grab our online business model guide. So I have 14 pages of the ultimate guide to choosing the online business model. That’s right for you. You can get that in the show notes of this episode by visiting sweet life podcast.com
forward slash one 89. Okay. I hope you guys have an amazing turnover of the month at the end of this show. We’re rolling over from August to September, and this means you have three months left to close out this year, strong and prepare for 2021 here on the show. We’re going to be working on a lot of 2021 prep and helping you like we do at the end of every year,
prepare your business for the next year, prepare your signature offers, level up your marketing, and really scale your business online. So make sure that you’re subscribed because we are about to dive in and roll up our sleeves with you even more over the next 12 weeks to make sure that 2021 is the best year yet. And sure as shit, all of us need that.
Oh my gosh. All right. Well, you guys have an awesome week. Thank you again for tuning into the show. I’m April beach. 

Episode 187: How to Build Your First Digital Marketing Funnel – with April Beach

187 SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

Episode Bonuses:

Get Kajabi free for 14 days to generate perfect funnel pipelines with ease – www.aprilbeach.com/kajabi

Who This Episode is Great For:

New and established small businesses who have a general understanding of marketing but want to tap into the power that building a digital marketing funnel can do for your business. Those in Phases 2-3 of my “Start to Scale System” formerly called Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap.

Summary:

You’ve heard that digital marketing is the way to grow your business but you aren’t sure where to start. Building your first digital marketing funnel is not hard as long as you understand the components of a funnel and how they work.
In this episode, April Beach dives into the 3 components of all winning funnels, how you use your marketing funnel and what you can expect if you’ve built it right. 
You’d be surprised by the number of large companies that do not currently know how to build and utilize a funnel and grass-roots relationship marketing. This episode will catapult you beyond big giants! 
Hiring a marketing firm may not yet be in your budget, or if you do plan to hire out you at least need to have an understanding of what a marketing funnel is, your company’s goals and expectations, and an overview of how your funnel should function and work.  This podcast episode gives you clarity to move forward. 

Highlights:

  1. Know what a marketing funnel is
  2. Know the components of a marketing funnel
  3. Understand how to set yours up

Resources Mentioned:

SweetLifeLaunch 90 Day Program is Open! Early fall registration starts now! Visit www.SweetLifeLaunch.com
Get Kajabi free for 14 days to generate perfect funnel pipelines with ease – www.aprilbeach.com/kajabi

SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:
You’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate Under the show. This is episode number 187, and you are listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast. And my name is April beach. Thanks for being here with me for yet. Again,
another episode today on the show, we’re talking about how to create your first digital marketing funnel, why it’s important and why as a business owner, whether you’re a brand new or you’ve been a business for a really long time, you have to start utilizing the power of building a digital marketing funnel and strategy. And it doesn’t matter if you are a teeny tiny business,
a mom and pop, even a large corporation, you need to be using these grassroots relationship building free. If you will type of marketing strategies to attract your perfect customers and your, your ideal audience. And as a matter of fact, the large companies are actually less utilizing these digital marketing funnels than small and midsize businesses. And they’re going to catch up sooner or later,
they’re going to have marketers come in there and say, Hey, let’s, you know, stop crushing everybody with these big ad campaigns and start building relationships with the audience. But you are going to be ahead of the game because you listen to this show and you will have already established awesome relationships with your audience and growing your list because you, especially at the end of this episode will know exactly how to build your first digital marketing funnel.
So this particular episode is, especially for you guys, you could be new, you could be established and you want to understand digital marketing. Now, again, it doesn’t matter what stage of business you’re in. Just in the last three weeks. I’ve had two different companies that have been in business for over 20 years. Join my business development mentorship program who have never had a digital marketing funnel ever before,
but they’re established companies. They do great. They’re making a lot of money. They’re ready to scale and grow. And it’s time to start kind of picking up the pace here at tapping into digital marketing. And they want to tap into that. So again, it doesn’t matter whether you’re new or you are like the best established expert in your space, whether you are a small business,
a midsize business, or even a large company, this episode is for you. And at the end of this episode, you’re going to know what a marketing funnel is. You’re going to know the components of a marketing funnel, and you’re going to understand how to set yours up. So I don’t care if you hire this out or you keep this in house.
I’m a big advocate that even the things you hire out, you have to understand the end result and how they generally should be done yourself before you can hire that position or that task out to somebody else. So you’re going to understand this here on the show. And here’s some statistics why a healthy and thriving marketing funnels are essential for your business. This comes from small business genius.net.
So first of all, 82% of customers feel more positive about a brand after reading your customized content. So they like you better when they read customized content that comes from you in 53% of businesses rely on creating customized content as part of their brand strategy. So it leaves us with two questions. Number one, how do you get the chance to get in front of your ideal audience and even share customized content and number two,
how do you get people to pay attention so that they can absorb your customized content and buy from you? And the answer to both of those questions is we build you a really awesome, but simple doesn’t have to be elaborate digital marketing funnel that generates the leads of your ideal audience that will become your ideal customers. And so that’s what we are diving into in today’s show.
All of the show notes can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one eight, seven. There’s going to be a lot of links in here and different bonuses. We always love to give you guys bonuses with our podcast episodes to make sure you’re cruising over to Sweetlife podcasts.com to get those. Okay, let’s go ahead and dive into building that component of your marketing funnel.<inaudible> Okay.
So let’s start out with the basics here. A marketing funnels, a series of online pages and actions that bring new users into your site so that you can capture their information and build a relationship with them for future sales. Should I say that again? I’ll say it one more time to be safe. If you’re like me, you’re probably driving your car and half listening because we’re also busy.
So let me just say it again for you. A marketing funnel is a series of online pages and actions, and I’ll explain what that means that bring new users into your site so that you can capture their information and have a chance to build a relationship with them so you can sell to them. So a sales funnel is this same type of structure, but when you’re sending somebody just to buy directly today,
we’re talking about building your first marketing funnel to generate leads as opposed to direct sales. And here are the steps to do that. Step. Number one, to build your first digital marketing funnel is to decide what you’ll give away for free to attract people, to give you their information. This is also called freemium business model, as a matter of fact,
that the recording of this tomorrow morning, and I’m speaking on a Kansas city business leaders summit and teaching how to use this business model. I mean, this is how companies aren’t even tapping into this very much yet. You guys it’s so important in my talk tomorrow, they’ve asked me to speak on the quote unquote freemium business model. So this is what we’re talking about here.
If that’s the terminology you’re familiar with, I call it a lead magnet because it magnetizes people to give you their information so you can generate the lead either way. Step one is to decide what your company is going to give away for free in exchange for a lead’s name and email address. And here’s some things I want you to know about this are very important because this has changed over the last couple of years,
your free thing you give away your freebie, a lead magnet should be of high value and low time. So we used to give away these things that, you know, could be 20 page white papers, or, you know, numerous different things that would give so much information. People don’t have time anymore. So we want to give somebody something of high value and low time.
This freebie should solve a problem for your ideal audience. And the freebie you’d give away should be a natural lead to help people decide if they need and want to buy your products or work with you, or be more involved with your services. So once you decide what this thing is, you need to give away for free, go ahead and create it.
Just start working on this first. This takes businesses a lot longer than they expect. I’ll be honest with you. So decide and determine what is that high value, low time free thing you’re going to give away. And again, you’re invited to join my free online business owners community. And in there is a course. It’s a video where I give you a ton of different ideas on what these free things can be from videos to quizzes,
to assessments, to, you know, we talk about even the basics of PDFs. So cruise over to sweet life, community.com and you’re welcome to join in there and access that training for free. So step number one is deciding what you’re going to give away in order to have it be of high value to generate the lead seven. Number two is actually building the landing page where you’re going to place the form for people to fill out,
to get your free thing. So you need, or the person on your team that does your pages needs to build a separate standalone landing page. The page needs to have a form in it, and it needs to be really basic. It doesn’t have to be elaborate. This isn’t a long sales page where you’re inviting somebody to join your $20,000 a year mastermind.
This is one page with a form on it for them to fill out, to get your really cool free thing. So keep it basic. And the purpose of this page is to only do one thing and that’s for people to fill out the form. So because of this, the page doesn’t have navigation on it. The page usually doesn’t have social media icons on it.
It is super simple. It’s literally a standalone page that doesn’t have anything else that any action can be taken on that page, except for filling out your form to get the free thing you promised. And then of course, make sure that you have great copywriting on there. That’s direct to the point about what they’re going to get, what are the benefits of sharing their information and what will they receive?
What’s your promise to them that they’re going to receive after they share their contact information with you? And so here’s just a pro tip when it comes to building landing pages, build this page on your own website, if at all possible. I know there are a lot of great services out there like lead pages and splash pages and all these other things whose purpose is to just be the house of these funnels,
just the lead page and the process of this funnel we’re talking about. But gold standard is to build this as a page within your own website. So your website generates the traffic. We want to keep them on your website. That is our best practice. Okay. It doesn’t mean those services. Aren’t good. They just, aren’t what I would call best practice in.
Step. Number three is to then build a thank you page. So after somebody is on the landing page and they fill out the form to get your cool free thing, the very next place they’re going to go to as a thank you page, the thank you page is the most missed opportunity in all marketing funnels. You know, you’ve filled out something before and you’ve gotten some for free and it’s just like this one white page pops up says,
thank you. Your information has been submitted. You know, click here to go back. That is a waste of somebody’s attention. They’ve just trusted you. They’ve given you their information. You need to build a thank you page. And on that, thank you page. You can have an intro video to who you are or who your company is. You can share the most important things you want.
These new leads to understand about your company. You can even have an immediate call to action there for people to buy from you or sign up for your service for schedule a complimentary consultation. There are so many things you can do and you need to do with the thank you page that companies are missing the boat on. So first we have the landing page with a form.
The next page you’re going to build as a thank you page and the people, once they fill out their form, they’re going to be redirected to this. Thank you page. It’s an awesome place for you to build a relationship and confirm to them. Hey, you did a really good job by giving us your name and email. And we don’t take that for granted because you and I both know the number of companies that take our names and email addresses for granted.
And immediately we unsubscribed from them. As soon as we get that first email, that’s where like, Oh, I was weak. I gave them my email, you know, something, something triggered me, but I wish I didn’t. You don’t want people doing that to you. So utilize a thank you page to actually say, Hey, thank you so much,
made a great decision. We’re not going to let you down. Thanks for being here in the meantime. You’re probably wondering, well, where the heck is a free thing, right? In the meantime in cyberspace, your free lead magnet asset that you created is being delivered to them in their email box. And here are a couple of reasons why we want it to send.
We want to send it to their email address. Number one, your email will probably show up in what’s called the promo or the social media folder in somebody’s Gmail inbox. We want your email to end up in a primary folder. We want to do what’s called white list, your email address. And so we need somebody to click on it so that your email service provider realizes that you do in fact,
want that email. And it will make sure that it’s showing that person emails that come from your business. Otherwise, if we give them the free thing immediately. So if we were to go from the landing page to immediately be directed to the digital delivery, whether it’s an ebook or a video series or whatever free thing you’ve given them, they never have to go check their inbox.
And what happens is the next time you send them an email, they could totally miss it cause they aren’t looking for it. So best practice is to have them go check their email to then either click on or download or access the free thing that you have given them. Okay. Now let’s kind of talk about this a little bit in a recap and high level.
So the recap overview of your very first marketing funnel, your funnel contains number one, a landing page where people fill out a form to get your freebie. Number two, a thank you page where they can buy a map by now see more of who you are, understand you become more familiar with your brand and it includes your lead magnet being sent to them by email,
of course it includes the asset itself. So the free thing, whether again, that’s a PDF or a video series or quiz or whatever it is that you’re giving away for free. So you have to build the asset first. That was the first thing we talked about. It’s important to build the free thing you’re giving away. So you know, the correct copywriting for it.
And you know how to set that up on the landing page and communicate the end result they’re going to receive from the asset you’re delivering. And then you build your landing page, your thank you page and you connect your email marketing manager to deliver the asset automatically to their inbox within the first three minutes. So here’s some tech protests. So many people have tech questions.
My company has a division where we build parts of websites and funnels because this is like the number one thing that holds businesses up. So let me kind of pour into you a little bit here regarding some tech pro tips. Number one, like we talked about, try to build your landing page and your own website to generate S E O if you don’t know what SEO is,
it’s search engine optimization. That basically means that the more people are clicking on your website, the more Google is going to show your website to other people because they realize people like it really important. Number two, be sure to have your Facebook pixel installed in your website. Now we have Sarah tomes who is our Facebook and Instagram marketing expert. She’s on the show all the time.
So you can cruise back to our website@sweetlifepodcast.com and just simply search the word Facebook. And we have hosted shows in the past that teach you how to install your Facebook pixel on your website and all the things that are important about a Facebook pixel. But I wanted to make sure I’m mentioning it here and not leaving you hanging. We do have other episodes to speak directly towards Facebook pixel.
Please go back to the website, search the episodes because all the business trainings that other companies charge thousands for are literally sitting there like a gold mine in our past episodes. So I want to make sure you guys are using them. And then the last tech pro tip is that we really love Kajabi. I talk about Kajabi all the time on the show.
We interviewed the Kajabi founders three years ago on the show. We use Kajabi within our own marketing and funnel building systems. And we build Kajabi websites for clients. And the reason why we’ve done this, and I’ve been in business for 24 years and moving from all these other types of website platforms is because nothing builds a marketing pipeline with funnel blueprints that we have seen faster than Kajabi.
So we are partners, we’re affiliate partners with them and we share their information all the time on the show, not just because we know they’re going to help their business, but because we do use them for everything, all of our online courses, and even for websites and clients that don’t even have online courses, they have amazing front of the house website development.
So you can cruise over any time and start a free Kajabi trial by going to April beach.com forward slash Kajabi. That’s K a J a B I. So if you’re wondering, how do I do all these pages? And I don’t have the money to hire it out, I have to do it all myself. Do yourself a favor, just go practice and get a Kajabi trial.
I guarantee you, it will save you up to a year in time of online business development, sewing together, all these different other social media platforms. So that’s our show for today. Today, we talked about how to build your first digital marketing funnel. You heard what a digital marketing funnel is, how it’s used. Again, we’re not talking about a sales funnel because we’re not taking anybody’s money.
Instead in a digital marketing and funnel, you’re taking their name and email address for the opportunity, frankly, for the privilege of being able to email them, send them information and continue to connect with them, to build a relationship with them, to increase your company’s sales. It is a privilege as a business owner to have somebody share their contact information with you.
And we do that by creating a strategic digital marketing funnel that you can utilize in your business right now. I don’t care if you’re a large corporation. I don’t care if you’re a micro business, like my company with seven people in it, or if you’re a small business, you have up to a hundred employees, many companies are not utilizing this. This is the way to build authentic relationships with an audience so that you can continue to sell services.
And so in today’s show, you understand, and you talked about what a marketing funnel is, the components of a marketing funnel and how to set yours up. I hope you found this show incredibly informative. We have so many different resources for you, and I want to make sure that I’m sharing them with you again, that Kajabi free trial. You can tap into that any time as well as our community.
If you’d like to join the expert classes totally free, that teach you how to create your first asset to give away for free and the steps of setting up your first list, building marketing funnel, and you can find all of those links simply by going to Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 87. You’ll have to get the recap of the show, Angela, get the links to join us in the community and to set up the free Kajabi trial.
All right, you guys, next week, I am so excited because we have Alexa big war on here, and we are diving into how to publish your book to make sure that you are established as a leader in your space. It’s an awesome show. There’s so much information. So if you haven’t yet subscribed to the show, please click subscribe on your favorite podcast.
Listening software. We’re on Pandora now, of course on Spotify. And of course, for grateful to be a leading business podcast on Apple podcasts as well for over three and a half years. Thank you so much for tuning in and sharing this episode with your friends. And I will talk to you.

Episode 186: How To Survive A Facebook or Instagram Hack On Your Business – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Follow us at @sweetlifepodcast on Instagram! 
 

Who This Episode is Great For:

Every business who operates on Facebook and Instagram.

Summary:

“It will never happen to me” 
 
Famous last words until you wake up and your Facebook and Instagram business accounts are gone. 
 
As a business owner, you likely spend a lot of time and resources on Facebook or Instagram. You post, go live, comment with others, research hashtags, produce IGTV videos and spend too many hours filtering your photos. But these necessary evils are a great way to attract your ideal audience and increase your exposure. Right up to the moment they’re wiped out – with no communication or consent from Facebook, no opportunity to submit a support ticket, no one to talk to for help. 
 
This is what happened to April Beach and The SweetLife Company, and in this show, you’ll learn all of the things no one tells you to do to save your company, keep your followers and survive being wiped from the Facebook and Instagram planet. 
 
This is not an episode about internet security. This is an episode about business survival. 

Highlights:

  1. Know how to protect and preserve your content
  2. How to control the out of control
  3. How your company can bounce back after the hack

Resources Mentioned:

To regain control of your Facebook page you can start by claiming it was been hacked through this link
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator a probate. Hi everybody. And welcome back to the show. Thanks for tuning in here on the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast. And today’s episode, I’m downloading those of you who have been asking and asking about what actually happened to our business,
Facebook and Instagram accounts. Many of you follow me or followed me on social media. And you knew that we literally got wiped off the face of the earth. Like we’ve never existed after, well, over a decade of being on Facebook and years and years being on Instagram. And so in this episode, I’m going to share exactly what happened and how to survive a Facebook or Instagram hack on your business.
Now, first things first, this is not an internet security episode. I’m not an internet security expert. I’m actually going to share the things that you can’t Google, that nobody tells you and share the insider things that we learned. Honestly, the hard lessons, some of them we did well, some of them we failed on so that if this ever happens to you,
that you know how to survive it. And also you are going to walk away with four things that I recommend you do immediately right now, because the statement that it will never happen to me is totally not true. I’m so sorry. Especially as we move towards an election, there’s always an increase in internet hackers. And I don’t know about you, but there’s just been so many instances with other businesses that I have heard about in the last six months with COVID and way too many bad people with way too much time on their hands hacking business accounts.
So I know it isn’t just me and I don’t want it to be you. So this episode is for every business who operates on Facebook and on Instagram, because those famous last words, it will never happen to me are only said up until the point that you wake up, like I did, and your accounts are totally gone. Not only that you’re going to hear what happened to my hardware.
I’m just going to honestly download the whole story for you. It is a nightmare, but it’s an eyes wide open thing. And I think that other businesses should know what can happen. I wish somebody had really laid it out there for me, like I’m going to do for you. So, you know, I understand that as a business owner, you spend a lot of time on these resources on Facebook and Instagram.
You post things, you go live, you hunt for the best imagery and source, the best pictures. You comment with others, you research hashtags, you produce IgE TV videos, and you probably have spent way many hours figuring out what filter is the right one to go with your brand or you’ve paid somebody else to do that. So you’ve invested time and you’ve invested money in growing your Facebook and Instagram presence as you should.
I mean, these are necessary evils, and they’re a great way to attract your ideal audience and increase your exposure and establish your expertise as a business right up until the moment when they’re wiped out. And this usually happens with zero communication from Facebook, no opportunity to submit a support ticket or reclaim your account. And frankly, nobody is going to talk to you.
It Facebook, we all know that that nobody cares about you or me enough to get on the phone. They really could give a shit about your brand and your business. And it doesn’t even matter how much money you have spent like us over the years in Facebook ads, because they have enough money. They’ll be just fine without yours. You mean nothing to them.
And if somebody takes offense to that listening, great, maybe Facebook will call me now, anyway, in this episode, I’m going to share with you exactly what happened to our company, the steps that we had to go through to regain access. And frankly, what happens when you have to start your whole entire brand and your Facebook account from scratch it.
The recording of this episode, I think that I have a whole 56 followers on my brand new Instagram account, because that’s the way the ball bounces, by the way you can cruise over and follow me at, at April beach life. I would love it if you’d follow me, but that’s the way it is right now. So let’s go ahead and dive into this show at the end of the show,
you’re going to know how to protect and preserve your content, how to control what is absolutely out of control through settings in your Facebook business page manager and how your company can bounce back after you are hacked in many of the resources will all be found that I’m sharing on today’s show by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 86. Okay. Let’s dive in.<inaudible> Okay.
So let me give you a rundown, just kind of a timeline leading up to this episode. Last November, we had some Facebook hacking instances where it says somebody’s unauthorized logged into our account, and of course we’ve done everything religiously that Facebook has said, the two factor authentication, the separate authentication app. I even have lists of reclaim codes written down by hand in my desk drawer,
everything you can possibly do, according to what Facebook tells you to do, to keep your account secure. We have done them to the hilt. And even with that, we had a hacking instance that lasted eight weeks between November and December last year, where we were unable to comment on our own posts. So if somebody commented to us, we couldn’t comment back.
And we had 11 different times where we were locked out of making any comments to our followers, or really connecting with our followers over a period of 24 hours. So these 11, 24 hour periods lasted over over a term of two months. That was the worst thing in the world to me. And I felt terrible because people that are used to connecting with us and just chatting back and forth,
they couldn’t hear anything from us and they didn’t know why. And so I thought that was like the end of the world. Well little did I know with the rest of the joy that 2020 has brought us, it has only gotten worse in may of 2020. Our Facebook ads account was hacked. And within a period of a couple of hours, somebody had actually started running ads for,
I believe it was a solar panel company and they look totally legit on our ads manager account. And I don’t even know who is getting the money for this. Cause I was paying Facebook. I was getting charged like $1,700 over a period of a couple of hours for running what looked like solar panel ads. Again, the logic behind that the money was going to Facebook.
So nobody was actually making money. It just sounds like a cruel and unusual punishment thing to do to a business owner with somebody that had way too much time on their hands. And so that happened in may and we had open tickets, unfortunately because of that, our entire ads manager count was shut down. Facebook deemed that even after all of the years of all of the ad spend basically all the money that we had paid them to run ads for years and years,
being a faithful business customer that they didn’t want to deal with having to clean out our account from hackers. And so they totally shut down our Facebook business ads account. And if you’re in digital marketing, you know, that means that we also lost all of our pixel traction. So that means all of our pixels, all of the data, all of the tracking that we had done in all of our website pages for all of the people who’ve responded to our ads,
our ability to rerun and retarget ads to our warm audience, everything was lost and wiped out. And that was in may of 2020. I also thought that was by far the worst thing on earth that could happen. And we created new pixels starting from scratch. Then on June 12th at 3:42 AM an email came to my phone that our account had been breached with an authorized access.
And I woke up that morning to no personal Facebook page and no personal Instagram account and no business Facebook page for my other company. So all of the accounts that were connected to one email address worked totally wiped off the pace of the planet. It wasn’t like there were shut down and had to reset the password. They were gone completely wiped off the face of the earth.
And so I, like I had learned to do unfortunately so many times before reached out to Facebook and because I technically in their eyes had to zero Facebook account, like I had never existed. Couldn’t even open a Facebook support ticket. So being the crafty person that I was trying to be and desperately figure out how to regain control of my business and personal Facebook accounts,
I was emailing back to Facebook through my other email address, to the open support ticket that was still open regarding the shutdown of my ads account. Previously. I had somebody I’m so excited. I had somebody I could email. Well, I very soon learned that this person also did not give a shit about me. And because what I was emailing about had nothing to do with actually the first ticket number with shutting down the ads account that this person was not willing to help me and that I needed to open a new support ticket.
Well, unfortunately, Facebook. So you think it’s bad already. Facebook blocked all of our devices. Okay. So in their desire to protect themself, I’m giving them the benefit of the doubt. They blocked somehow some way my cell phone, my brand new iPhone 11, not a cheap phone and even online, I could not access the accounts. I tried to get the text number to be sent to me.
It was gone. You guys, not even like let’s reclaim and refresh this account totally gone. And just like taking a minute here and sharing this story with you. At this point, I was not thinking about my business. I was thinking about the comments that my dad had made to me on my personal Facebook page and commenting on his grandkids stuff. And my dad died four years ago and loving going back and reading his comments on my Facebook page.
I was thinking about the morning things that I get to wake up to of your memories from eight years ago, when my kids were babies and playing with bubbles in the backyard, or sitting in the couch, watching Mickey mouse with an umbrella over their head, those are the things that I lost. And so just separating this a minute here, we’re going to talk about the business loss,
but the magnitude of the devastation of memories that were totally wiped off the face of the earth and Facebook could care less has been absolutely just a tragedy for me personally, as a daughter, as a mother. And so picked up my big girl, britches got back to work, and I will tell you that was June 11th. We did not that regain access to Instagram because they also shut down the Instagram account.
Not only the Instagram account, I couldn’t even log into our other Instagram accounts from my mobile phone. We did not regain access to that until last night. And the recording of this, that was July 22nd, it’s 7:16 PM. So if you’re following along with this terrible nightmare, what I’m sharing is that somehow some way Facebook blocked my cell phone and I couldn’t even log into my other Instagram accounts.
I tried a VPN. I spent four hours on the phone with Apple. I spent two hours in the Apple store, which was a miracle because with Kobe, they’re only supposed to give me 15 minutes. I have, I spent massive time trying to at least control our other Instagram accounts. For example, this podcast account at Sweetlife podcast, couldn’t even log into this count online.
And somehow some way it was told to me that Facebook had blew the serial number on the motherboard of my iPhone somehow some way. And I had to bite the bullet and buy a new iPhone. So it has clearly been a nightmare and all of our communities we’re on Facebook, everything. So I’m recording this episode for you to give you four different ways that you can not only safeguard your account,
but four different ways that you can bounce back. Like we are after it happens, because no matter what, it will be a total nightmare for you. However, there are some strategic things you need to be doing in your business in order to protect yourself, both on the personal side and on the business side. So I’m going to share these four safeguards for you.
And then I have resources for you in the show notes. So safeguard number one, we have talked about this on the show before you need to make sure that your email list, your list of leads and clients and content does not solely live on Facebook or Instagram or any other social media platform for that matter. So that means you need to grow your email list.
Don’t allow Facebook and Instagram to completely control your ability to communicate with your followers. So you need to be getting the names and email addresses of your followers. At this point in time, you don’t even have to think of anything crafty. You can put a post out there and saying, Hey, I heard Facebook and Instagram accounts are getting hacked all the time.
And I don’t want to lose contact with you guys. If you want to be put on our emergency email list, sign up here. I wish I had done that. I should have done that. Knowing how many times we had been getting hacked, although I never dreamed that that would happen and we’d clearly lose everything. So safeguard number one is to build your email list in a separate email marketing manager that you own so that you never lose connection.
So if you have to start from scratch with your accounts, like we have to do, you can email your list and say, Hey, follow us at our new account. Safeguard. Number two, on your Facebook business page, you should have multiple administrators. I did have multiple administrators on my Facebook ads account. Those people that ran our Facebook ads for us,
but we only had one primary administrator on my Facebook business page. Therefore, if you go to Facebook right now in search April beach, you will see my page and I have no control over it. There’s my face. There’s our logo. Nothing. It’s just going to live there forever. And when you see me not posting again, it isn’t because I suck at creating content.
It’s because we have no control over that. So on your Facebook business page, make sure that you have multiple administrators. So if you have an assistant, you have somebody that works with you. I don’t care if you have a friend, make them an administrator on your Facebook business page and make sure this person doesn’t share the same IP addresses you. So they’re not within your own home.
So if your wifi gets hacked, both of you guys, aren’t totally locked out, safe guard. Number three, this is kind of a crafty one. We have this, and I’m really grateful. This is a great reason to have a custom hashtag for your business. So we have a custom hashtag two of them. Actually, one of them is sweet life podcast.
So anytime somebody is looking for one of our episodes, whether it’s on Instagram or on LinkedIn, they follow our hashtag, which is sweet life podcast. And all of our stuff pops up. So because we have a custom hashtag, even with our new Instagram account, I can keep reposting to that same hashtag in our followers that know like, and trust that we’re going to keep giving content can keep getting content from us and they can see the connections to our new account.
So this is a great reason why you should have a custom hashtag that is only your company’s hashtag, then nobody else can take from you. And it doesn’t matter what account you’re posting from. It’s your hashtag. And you can even go back in paying and reconnect with those followers that are following your hashtag, as they’ve commented on it in the past. Now,
if you lose your account, like we did, all of your posts are actually going to be gone. But as you go back and you post more content with that, hashtag people that follow that hashtag are going to see it and then safe card, number four, this is going to take you a little bit of time. Everything else you can do.
Yeah. This is gonna take you a bit of time. Should have this done. Anyway, you need to have this to grow and scale your company to multiple six to seven figures. This is one of those standard operating procedures that you should have rolling anyway. Okay. This is cute. Seeing your content clearly and cleanly organized somewhere else. So everything you post on your social media platforms should also live in a Google drive or in a Dropbox.
We keep everything in Dropbox. So all of the content that we post for every single podcast episode and all the content, right, that I have posted in the past on my Instagram account, that is no longer alive. We have any different account other than that platform. So rather than recreating all the content from scratch, we get to simply go and copy and paste.
A lot of that content, obviously there’ll need to be some editing and updating to what’s pertinent and to make sure it’s relevant right now, but we have that content did live somewhere else. And so if you don’t have a system yet for organizing and archiving your content, you need to have one. It’s also a great way to realize what you’ve created as a business owner and stop always creating new things.
You can start repurposing some of the content that you might’ve posted two years ago, especially if it is still relevant and pertinent, you don’t always have to start from scratch. As a matter of fact, that is not a good idea to always start from scratch. And so those are your safeguard tips and you know, some of these things we did really well.
Again, we have a separate email list. That’s something that we teach you guys about all the time here on this show. I did not have multiple admins on my business page that I lost that was shut down. And I did not have multiple admins on my April beach business page. I went wrong there. I had multiple admins on my business ads account,
but not on the business account. Safeguard number three is having a custom hashtag and you guys can follow us at our custom hashtag at Sweetlife podcasts. We would love it if you did. Now, we’re literally starting from scratch and you’ll go over and you’ll follow us on our podcast account on Instagram. And it’s like, there’s 200 followers and I would love it.
If you’d follow us over there. The hashtag for that is sweet life podcast. You need to have your own custom hashtag, so you can always reclaim and connect and talk directly to your audience. And then safeguard number four is to keep your content cleanly organized and archived someplace else. So you are not totally relying on social media platforms to how is your content?
Another thing that you can use is you can use a social media scheduler like we do. We really love buffer. I know their strep, sprout, social and different social media schedulers. You can go back and see what’s already been posted and copy and pasted out of there, but that’s again, relying on another social platform in a sense. So the safest place for it is going to be in a Dropbox business account or something like that.
So thank you so much for listening to this episode. I hope you guys found this informative. The purpose of this show is to set you up for success in the event of failure. And I don’t want anybody to have to go what we went through since this happened. We now have a new business community. If you haven’t joined us yet, we have created a new custom business networking app,
and we’ve built that completely on a brand new app platform that is exclusive to us called mighty hosts. We love them. We’re very happy and you can join our new business community. So Facebook community is gone. New business community app is here by visiting Sweetlife community.com. We’d love to have you joined us over there and I’m always delivering face to face. As far as virtually goes,
business development strategies, and you get tons of business training and coaching, and you can network with other companies and grow your own business there too. So join us over@sweetlifecommunity.com and all the show notes. And the resources we talked about here will be found in the show notes by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 86. This was how to survive Facebook or Instagram hack on your business and start from scratch without totally starting from scratch.
Again. I really hope it doesn’t happen to you, but if it does, I hope this episode has caught you first and you don’t have to live through the nightmare that I did, right? You guys, I hope you have a great week next week. We’re diving into all about how to build your first funnel and dive into using digital marketing to grow.
I’ll talk to you again soon. Bye for now.

Episode 185: What Is A Landing Page and Why Do You Need One? – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join the SweetLife Entrepreneur & Business Community App (free for life when you join in July 2020)  Last call to get Free for life! 

Who This Episode is Great For:

Businesses who want to grow your list and increase leads using digital marketing. 

Summary:

In this show we’re diving into digital marketing with landing pages including the difference between a landing page and other pages on your website, what should be on a landing page to increase conversions, and why every company should have a landing page they know works! 
 
A landing page is a standalone web page, created specifically for a digital marketing campaign. It’s where a visitor “lands” after they click on a link in an email, or ads from Google, Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, or where you market online. 

Highlights:

  1. The difference between a home page and a landing page
  2. How to use landing pages in your marketing 
  3. The anatomy of what to include in your landing page

Resources Mentioned:

For easy landing pages, built-in email marketing, and custom websites – TRY KAJABI FREE for 28 Days


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

<inaudible> You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hi everybody. And welcome to episode number 185 here on the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast. We’re diving in more to digital marketing, and we talk about digital marketing a lot here on the show.
It’s one of our primary topics because it’s one of the most important strategies that small businesses and solo entrepreneurs need to know to leverage and use to grow your company. And so obviously it’s a hot topic and there’s so much, that’s always changing in digital marketing that many times on this show, we dive into a lot of advanced digital marketing strategies, but one of the most important things is coming back to the basics.
In some of these basics are the most common questions that we get when clients come to us, when they want to work with our company in order to grow their list, it’s really back to the nuts and bolts of what is a landing page and why do you need one? And so I thought it was time to do another podcast episode back to some digital marketing,
digital strategies and basics that every single company needs. And so all the show notes and everything I’m going to talk about detail here in this episode can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 85. This is episode number 185 here on the show. And we thank you guys so much for being faithful listeners and sharing this show with your friends. Now,
this is who this particular episode is for. This is for you. If you want to grow your list of leads, you’re either a new business or an established business. And here’s what you can expect in this show. We’re diving into the digital marketing and landing page basics, including the difference between a landing page and other pages on your website. What should be on your landing page to increase conversions.
I’m actually going to break down the anatomy of a landing page for you and why every company should have a landing page that, you know, works. This is again, if you are a new startup one man show, or if you have 25, 30, 50 hundreds of employees, you need to have a landing page that, you know, works.
Now a landing page is a standalone webpage, but we’re talking about the differences and the power of landing pages in today’s episode. And at the end of this show, you’re going to know the difference between a homepage and a landing page, how to use a landing page in your marketing and the anatomy of exactly what to include on your landing page to increase your sales conversions.
And so excited to share this show with you today. And as a bonus, if you haven’t yet cruise over, join us in our new sweet life entrepreneur in business, online community app. This is a last chance for you to join that app and have a free for life membership. It’s actually our brand new customized community we’ve built. We ditched Facebook groups and I could not be happier to be honest.
And so cruise over and join us totally for free and dive in. We do a lot of personal coaching in that app, and it’s a great place for you to network and grow your business. You can join us for free over there by visiting sweet life, community.com and register. Join us for free for life. Okay, let’s go ahead and dive into today’s business training podcast.<inaudible> Okay.
On today’s show, we’re talking about what is a landing page and why do you need one? So a landing page, again, is a standalone webpage created specifically for a digital marketing campaign. It’s where your visitor lands. After they click on an email you’ve sent out or an ad that you may have run maybe from Facebook ads, Instagram, LinkedIn, or just Google ad words.
And it’s a landing page that has only one job. The job of this page is to increase the rate of conversions from a prospect to an actual lead on your website so that you can market to them after that. So the whole entire purpose of a landing page is to collect someone’s contact information. And so I’m going to dive into today exactly how to do this and build this page to magically,
make this happen. So inside this show, we’re going to dive into all these digital marketing tactics that a lot of digital marketers know, but you don’t have to be a marketing expert to know this. As a matter of fact, as a business owner, it’s your job to know digital marketing basics like this, and then you can delegate it to somebody that totally loves to do this stuff,
which frankly I don’t. And I know you probably don’t either, but many businesses, when you start up, you got to do this on your own. And so I’m going to make sure you have the tools here in this show so that you can build successful landing pages that convert. So we’re going to dive in and break this up into three parts today.
We’re going to talk in part one, I’m going to break down the difference between a homepage and a landing page. In part two, I’m going to share how to use a landing page in your marketing. And in part three, I’m going to share with you the anatomy of what should be on your landing page. And then I’m also going to share some insider secrets about some really cool things about landing pages too,
that are going to be really helpful for you to know, and is an added bonus to this show. We love Kajabi. We use Kajabi for landing pages, so you can actually create a 28 day free Kajabi trial just by cruising over to April beach.com forward slash Kajabi at any time when you’re listening to this and sign up for a free 28 day trial with them so that you can build really super easy landing pages,
but let’s go ahead and dive in here to the actual strategy of doing it. All right. Cool. Okay. So part one, the difference between a homepage and a landing page. So typical web pages on your site, they have a lot of goals. There’s a lot of things to do. When somebody lands on your actual website and your website is going to tell them a story,
it’s going to introduce them to your company. It could give a list of your services. When somebody lands on a regular webpage, they’re going to see a bunch of other things going on your navigation, your foot or menu. So all the way across the top, the pages on your website, which are typically your homepage about your company, you might have a blog or articles.
You might have a services page and a contact page. People are going to see all these different things to do on your actual website page. And they expect that. And the reason why a landing page is different is because a landing page is designed with one goal in mind. And that goal is to convert prospects into leads. So when somebody lands on a regular webpage,
it can be slightly overwhelming, which we’ve recorded many podcast episodes here on the show. You can search it in our website about actually how to build high converting website pages, but there’s still many options with a landing page. It only has one goal. And that one job of that landing page is to convert prospects into leads. And so we do this on a landing page by giving them only one thing they can do a landing page,
doesn’t have a menu, it doesn’t have the footer menu. It doesn’t have all these cool different places. They could click a landing page only has one call to action. Only one thing they can do. Only one place. They can click only one thing for them to focus on. And it only has one message. It’s only about the execution of the one thing that you promised to them.
They’d get by going to that page, which we’re going to talk about that in a second and how to use it in your marketing, but the difference between a regular webpage and a landing pages, there is no navigation on the landing page. There are not a million different distractions that somebody can do. There is one very simple form for them to fill out and they’re either want to stay there and give you their contact information and receive what you are promising them or they don’t.
That is it. Okay. So that’s the difference between a regular website page and a landing page, some landing pages, you can scroll down a bit and we’re going to talk about the anatomy and what can be built on this page and a lot of great landing pages. It doesn’t even scroll what we call below the fold. Basically. There’s no place to scroll down to.
The only thing somebody sees is above what that is, is the fold on their computer, but landing pages can also convert really well when they are somewhat longer, not super long. You’re not trying to sell them a huge online program or trip to Disney world just a little bit longer. And again, we’ll dive into that here in part three. So to summarize the difference between a home page and a landing page is a landing page has zero navigation and only one call to action.
Okay. Heart to how to use a landing page in your marketing. So we use landing pages to give away something for free in exchange for a lead’s name, their email address, and maybe a little bit of other contact information, these assets, that thing you give away for free, they’re called lead magnets and rightfully so they magnetize leads to your business.
So it’s gotta be something awesome and great. You’re giving them away. You’re giving away for free in order to attract this lead to this landing page. And examples of lead magnets are PDFs, newsletter, signups documents, videos, tips, blueprints, and we have literally dozens of podcast episodes recorded on how to create good lead magnets and amazing assets. I’m not going to dive into that on today’s show.
So again, if you want to learn how to create great free assets bruise over to Sweetlife podcast.com and you can search all of our episodes for those free and amazing business trainings, but for the point of what we’re talking about here, we’re talking about how to use a landing page. We use the landing page in order to gather the lead in exchange for the asset,
the lead magnet you are giving away for free, and there are multiple different ways to actually use this landing page in your marketing. You can run ads to this landing page. You can hyperlink the link to this landing page from different assets. So you could have a QR code where somebody is going to scan. You could hand out a flyer and have a pretty link,
which we’ll talk about that in a minute or a clear link to your landing page that you want somebody to go to. So you can hyperlink to this page from another asset or a document you can link to your landing page in your social media header. So, great example of this is putting the link directly to your landing page in your Instagram business bio,
rather than sending somebody to your huge whole website, where they can, might get a little overwhelmed and lost. We know a lot of companies, and we’ve worked with a lot of companies with a strategy of putting the link to only your landing page and your Instagram business bio header for the one purpose of generating that lead, especially if you were using it in social media posts.
So if you’re putting out videos and you’re doing social media posts, particularly for Instagram, and you’re saying, go click on the link in our biography. Then you want to make sure that link in your biography is in fact, leading back to where you promise them to where they can get this really cool asset. So again, it’s great to use this link to this landing page in your Instagram or your other social media headers.
You can also use the link to this landing page and share it in email marketing. So if you’re sending out a blast email, maybe to people that are already on your email list, but you want to give them something else, or you want to gauge an interest for a new product or a new service you have, or maybe create a wait list for something you’re about to sell in the future.
You can create an email and send a link to a new landing page to those people on your list. A landing page is also really important to make sure you have, if you’re doing any events. So if you’re doing trade shows, if you’re at sporting events, if you are out and about, you want to make sure that you have a signup that’s available at your table or your booth,
that links directly to your landing page, not your whole entire webpage, because people are super busy using it just to directly link people to a landing page where they can very quickly follow their name and email address is a really important marketing strategy for you to grow your list from your hard work of being at that event. And then lastly, you also can use your landing pages in your marketing when you are speaking on stages or on podcasts or on interviews.
So if you were getting interviewed on this show, and I’m sure you’ve heard many guests here on this show before, and I’ll ask them so and so, where can people find you and where can people get what you’ve promised? You’re going to give them for free. They’re going to say the link to a landing page, not their whole entire website, because they want to capture your information to build a relationship with you.
So again, how to use landing pages in your marketing can be running ads to your landing page hyperlinking from established documents you have using your landing page link in the URL of your social media header in email marketing in social media posts, lead generation out events and speaking on stages podcasts or on interviews. Okay. Are you still with me? All right. Again,
all of the show notes and everything we’re talking about for this episode and the whole transcription of this episode is found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 85. So if you want to take notes and you’re on the go and you can’t just remember episode number 185, and you can get all of this over at our podcast website, okay. Now part three,
the anatomy of a landing page. This is actually what you should have on your landing page so that it converts really well. So the very first thing is you need to have a headline. This is a unique selling hook, and it’s the takeaway of what you’ve promised them. This is usually a catchy statement, but it also has to align with whatever marketing you use to get them there.
So if you told somebody, Hey, come over here and you can sign up to get a free bottle of water, but then they landed on this page and in you’re selling them sunscreen, it doesn’t connect, right? So make sure that the headline aligns with whatever marketing you’re doing to get them there. So it should be a super awesome hook. Yes,
I want to be on this page and they should actually be able to read your headline and just know right then that they want to give you their information. But beyond your headline, you should also have also include supporting copy. So this is usually a short paragraph or bullets to give extra information, including the benefits of what they’re about to get takeaways, maybe a small list of deliverables,
and basically what they can expect from giving you their information, because their information is very private. People are not apt just to throw around their email address anymore. Like they used to be. So you better be clear about why on earth. They should give you this. And you do that in the headline and in supporting copy. The third thing that should be on your landing page is telling a visual story.
So this can be done by sharing an image or a few different images or a video. So a short video is usually best, but here’s the deal you really need to get to the point. Now a year from now, I could be recording this same episode in the strategies might be different, but right now at the recording of this it’s summertime 2020.
If you’re going to put a video on your landing page, it’s gotta be short and to the point, and it has to back up what your headline says and what your supporting copy says. People do not have time, and they’re not going to sit there and watch a whole long video to decide whether or not they want to give you their name and email address.
But if you don’t want to do a video images work really, really well too. So make sure that the image tells a story about why they’re there or what they can expect from receiving the free thing that you’re giving them that lead magnet. You’re giving them an exchange for their name and email address. So that is number three, make sure your landing page tells a visual story.
Number four, and probably one of the most important things on this page. Now we’re talking about that one form. Your landing page has one call to action. This is one form. One thing for them to do one little place for them to fill out. There are no distractions. There are no menus. There is no navigation anywhere on this page.
You can have a copyright at the bottom of the page and based on what your industry says, have a terms and privacy policy on the footer of your page, but we’re not directing somebody to your blog or even your social media handles. We want to keep them here on this page. So the important thing with this form is you don’t want to ask for too much.
So a lot of businesses I work with, they get really excited about this form. The owner will say, well, we can ask them this and in their troubles here and where are they located? And Hey, let’s get their phone number too. That does not usually work 90% of the time. That is not going to work. Obviously, every industry is a little bit different,
but in the case that we’re talking about using this landing page and social media and digital marketing strategies, that’s usually not going to work. Okay. You want to not get totally overzealous and you don’t want to. I asked too many questions. You get to do that later. You get to build a relationship and find out more about your audience later. Right now,
the number one goal is to get their name and their email address. So you even have a chance to build a relationship with them and ask them more questions. If you asked too much upfront, it usually turns people away. And they’re like, there is no way I’m giving this strange company, all of this personal data on me, in some cases with some landing pages.
Now, a lot of companies are even avoiding asking their first name. They’re just asking for an email address. I still really think it’s important to ask somebody’s name because we need their name for you to have a relationship with them. That is a much more personal relationship in the future. But I will say that less is better on this particular landing page.
And then a fifth option of what you can add to this page is social proof. So this would be, these are comments from other clients that you’ve worked with before. People who have used your products, maybe photographs of other people who have used your product or you working face to face or in any other way with other customers that are happy. Social proof goes a really,
really long way. You know, every company is out there saying, Hey, we’re rad. We’re so great. We’re maybe even the best, buy my thing or get my free app set that I want to give you, but nothing confirms you’re good at what you do. Like having somebody else show and tell a new audience. And so having social proof on this landing page is a very important thing.
If you’re new in business and you don’t have that yet. No worries. It will come. So in summary, part three, the anatomy of your landing page, you need to have your headline is number one, your supporting copy is number two. Number three is your visual story. So what story are you telling through video and or photography? Number four is your one call to action form.
That’s it? One thing that you want them to do? The one action you want them to take when they visit this page, make it clear and simple, easy, and number five is social proof. And so this is the summary of what a landing page is and how to use it in your business. How to use it for digital marketing on today’s show.
We talked about the difference between a homepage or general website pages and a landing page. We talked about how to use a landing page in your marketing. And now, you know, if you didn’t before the anatomy of what is on a high converting landing page, and here’s a few here are, if you tool other things, I just wanted to share with you guys too.
So number one, if you have your Facebook pixel installed on your website correctly, and if you’re a listener to this show, then you should have that done. If you do not have that done, then again, go back to our podcast website and Google Facebook trainings and teach you how to do it here on the show. But if you have your Facebook pixel correctly installed on your website or the place where you’re building your landing page,
if it’s not included in your website and a visitor does not complete your form, say they land on your landing page, but they’re like, yeah, no, I don’t really think, I feel like giving April my email today. No worries. Because that Facebook pixel is installed. You can really target that viewer through future Facebook and Instagram ads or LinkedIn ads,
whatever type of ads you are running, as long as you have that pixel installed on this page. So that’s cool thing. Number one. All right. So don’t totally panic. If you aren’t converting, getting somebody to land on your page is also great and gives you huge leverage from a marketing digital marketing standpoint. Number two, one landing page done well can and should be used for future campaigns and generating ongoing leads.
So when you, as an entrepreneur, as a business owner, create one lead magnet that works really well, that you know is always going to generate you new leads. That’s our goal. You want to have one awesome rocking lead magnet. You might want to have 50 of them. That’s fine, but you can’t even have two, three, four or five until we do have one that we know is awesome.
And it’s doing the job by generating leads for you. So we start with one really good one. That’s the cornerstone of lead generation for you. When you do that, you only have to build this landing page once and you can run ongoing ads to it. So although it might seem like a bit of work to get this set up, and frankly it is,
even if you’re doing it on your own or subcontract in and out, it’s a bit of heavy lifting on a tech side to learn all this. But once you do this once, and once you have it in place, once you really shouldn’t have to do it again anytime soon. So that’s cool thing to note number two, and then cool thing to note.
Number three is when you get this link to your landing page, it’s probably going to be long and ugly. And based on where you build your website, you might, or you might not be able to actually edit that link. If you cannot edit that link, then I highly recommend you create what’s called a pretty link or a tiny URL or something that you can share.
So when you tell somebody verbally the name of your link, it’s memorable. So let me give you an example of this. We have a landing page, which I shared with you as a bonus in the beginning of this episode for you to go try out our very cool partner website host called Kajabi and get a 28 day free trial. We love Kajabi by the way.
And it’s our number one, go to that. We refer businesses to, to build amazing websites and landing pages, which is why we recommend them. And we use them ourselves. But if I were to say this link of where to go get it, it’s terrible, right? I can’t even regurgitate it now or even remember what the heck it is,
right? So we created what’s called a short, customized, or pretty link. And then we forwarded the short, customized, or pretty link to the ugly ass landing page link. And we did this through our own website. So the link I’m going to tell you to go to is April beach.com forward slash Kajabi. It’s K a J a B I super simple.
You’ll remember April beach.com forward slash Kajabi to go try out this great landing and webpage resource. That’s what I mean by creating a pretty link. For example, if I was up on a stage and talking about how to set up landing pages, I would go on that stage and I would say, Hey, and by the way, you can go to April beach.com
forward slash Kajabi to sign up for this free trial. It’s an easy thing to say verbally that people remember. So cool thing. Number three is make sure that you create a shortened easy to say, easy to remember link and have it redirect to your ugly ass landing page link, because that’s really going to help you be able to increase conversions from anywhere.
And it’s going to help people remember what your link is. If they didn’t have a chance to go to it, or they didn’t have a chance to write it down. So I just wanted to give you kind of those other insider tips when it comes to landing pages and here’s the deal. The summary of this whole show is digital marketing can be done on a huge scale.
It can be done on a small scale, but the first step in digital marketing is building this landing page and doing it well, I don’t care if you are a one man show, or if you have hundreds of employees, the best way to generate leads for your business so that you can build a relationship with them so that you can sell your services or products down the road is by building a great converting landing page.
That’s super simple and only has one call to action. And the best place to build this page is in your own website. So that each time you run a marketing campaign to it, and all of your hard work from social media posting and all of your marketing outreach is converting people back to your website, even though you don’t necessarily have the navigation on the page,
your still able to track the visitors to your site. There are a lot of different softwares out there that work really well, that just build landing pages. Our recommendation as a company is best practice is to have your landing pages built on your own website. And the easiest way to do that is building it through a website platform like to Jabi. And that’s why we recommend them and use them ourselves.
All right, you guys, I hope you found this incredibly beneficial. If you haven’t yet, we would really love for you to leave a review. It helps other listeners find this business training show that frankly, a lot of business strategists and companies charge thousands of dollars for the cumulative business trainings that I deliver and the experts that we are just so privileged to have on the show deliver for you as well.
So we really appreciate you listening again. All of the show notes can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one 85. You can try to build your landing page on your own through the 28 day trial@kajabibyvisitingaprilbeach.com forward slash Kajabi, and you are invited to join our exclusive online community app by visiting Sweetlife community.com. See there, I just gave you three very clear examples of pretty links that go to landing pages.
All right, you guys hope you’re having an awesome day and I will speak to you again next week. Thanks for being the listener here. Bye. For now

Episode 184: 4 Pitches To Land Your Dream Business Affiliates – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join the Live Stream with April Beach: 
“How To Create Winning Partnerships” 
July 16, 9am Pacific Time
Or Join our Community to catch the replay

Who This Episode is Great For:

Entrepreneurs who want to create partnerships with other businesses, but aren’t sure how to approach them correctly. Getting eyes on your new business or product can be hard. This episode is for those who need an instant boost of fans and followers with a little help from (business) friends.

Summary:

One of the fastest ways to grow your business is by borrowing someone else’s’ audience. In this episode, April Beach delivers 3 proven strategies you can use to create winning partnerships with other businesses for mutual benefits. The more valuable you are as a partner, the more other companies will want to promote and work with you so how you pitch your company matters!

Highlights:

  1. Have 4 strategies to choose from to pitch businesses for partnership
  2. Know how to pitch, when and what to say
  3. Discover the secrets we’ve used to have companies in over 13 countries promote us for free

Resources Mentioned:

Join the Live Stream with April Beach: “How To Create Winning Partnerships” July 16, 9am Pacific Time Click Here to Register
 
Or Join our Community to catch the replay
 
 
 
 
 


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hey, and welcome back to the show. I’m April beach, love chatting with you. And today is really Kind of a part two episode of what we talked about last week. You are tuned into the Sweetlife entrepreneur and business podcast,
and I know, especially now there are a trillion different podcasts that you could listen to. And I really love that you’re here hanging out with me. Thank you so much for that. I love helping you build your business. That is what the Sweetlife company, my company and my team. That is what we do. We’re dedicated to helping you launch and scale your business through digital marketing and online business strategies.
And this show continually now for 184 episodes gives you the steps to do that, that most business consulting firms charge thousands for. So I’m so glad that you’ve tuned in if this is your first time here. Thank you so much. Here is what you can expect from today’s show today. I’m going to download four different ways to land your dream business affiliates.
But before we dive into this today, I want to make sure that you’ve tuned into last week’s show. So episode number 183, I covered, you know, exactly how to pitch partners, the psychology behind pitching partners, really how to determine whether or not a business or an affiliate is actually good for you to partner with. And I gave you the pitch steps.
So if you didn’t actually tune in last week, just pause this episode and go back to episode number 183. And listen to that because what we’re talking about today is a followup to what we talked about last week. And these are a lot of important strategies to discuss. As a matter of fact, this is some of the work that I do with my private business clients that I helped develop their pitches and their relationships sometimes with really high profile brands that other companies can’t even begin to penetrate.
And so this is really important information, and I want to make sure that you are getting it and absorbing it, and you’re taking the steps so that you can go ahead and put it into action in your business. So again, if you didn’t listen to last, week’s please tune into last week’s. And this is what you can expect from today’s show.
So this particular episode is for those of you guys who want to create partnerships with other businesses, you aren’t exactly sure how to approach them correctly. So we covered a lot of the foundation last week, but today I’m giving you four different specific pitch strategies. So we’re really going to be driving into strategy today. So if you want to get eyes on your new business,
or if it’s time to scale your business, or if you’re launching new service or a new product, or if you want to reach a new audience, then these are great episodes for you to pay attention, to and to take these strategies. And here’s what you can expect from this show. So, first of all, here’s what we know. One of the fastest ways to grow your business is by borrowing someone else’s audience and love that statement.
I love that quote, my friend, Cathy Hawn, who’s an online world-class online marketer. She’s been here on the show. She says that she says the best way to grow your businesses, to borrow someone else’s audience. And she’s totally right. So in this show, I’m going to give you the strategies that you can use to create winning partnerships with other businesses,
for mutual benefits. And here’s what you need to know. The more value you are as a partner, the more other companies are going to want to promote you and work with you. And so how you pitch these companies is super important. You only get one shot at making an impression to show your value. And we want them to think, Oh shit,
like I have to work with this company. This company is going to make me look better. This company is going to make me make more money. Our audience is going to love us more because I’m partnering with whatever your company name is. And so that’s what we’re talking about on today’s show. So the end of this episode, you’re going to have four strategies to choose from,
to pitch businesses that you want to partner with. You’re going to know how to pitch and exactly in what order, and you can figure out what your strength is in this area to move forward and pitch them strategically incorrectly the first time. And of course, I love giving you guys bonuses with these episodes, frankly, only you action takers and those of you that are really serious about growing your business in certain areas are the ones that actually take us up on these bonuses.
They are insane. So the bonuses that go with last week and this week’s episode is that I am teaching a live stream this Thursday, July 16th, totally free. And I’m taking your questions about partnerships. So I’m going to work with you and hear your questions and give you recommendations on strategies on how to reach out to your gold star partners. So companies that you want to partner with and the people that you want to promote your business and business affiliates.
So in order to get on that live stream totally free, you just need to join our new Sweetlife business community app. We have our own private community networking app. Super awesome. We just built it and you can join there for free by going to Sweetlife community.com. And once you join, you just click on events and you can register to join me in this Thursday’s live stream.
So we’d love to have you in there and very happy to help you build your business. So let’s go ahead and dive into today’s show strategies, all of the show notes from this episode and all the links that I mentioned in here can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one eight, four<inaudible>. Okay. So we’ve already established that you have to listen to last week’s episode.
If you haven’t, you aren’t even cheating. It’s just that what we’re talking about here, isn’t going to work as well, unless you’ve tuned into episode number 183, but the rule of thumb that you need to follow when pitching any company is you have to give first. So anytime you’re reaching out, we actually talk about this a lot on the show,
even outside of this specific context, but anytime you’re reaching out and you want to work with somebody, or you want to be part of what they’re doing, you always reach out by giving and you want to ask questions like, how can I help you? How can I help you serve your audience better? How can we support your goals as a business?
And again, we talked about that a lot in last week’s episode. So here in today’s episode, I’m not going to dive into that, but it’s important that you know, that those are the most important foundations for you to reach out first with. So you’re going to get four different pitch strategies here, and you can pick and choose which one you want.
And I promise you, we have not only used these strategies and both of my own companies. If you guys don’t know, I own two international business consulting firms and I have for 17 years, but this is what our clients use to land their dream business partners and affiliates. So you can definitely take what I’m telling you to the bank. All right.
So pitch option number one is to share great content for that desired partner to post. So here’s what we know. Content is King and great businesses are always looking for great content to deliver. So if you write excellent articles or if you make engaging videos, or if you create other types of content that can make that potential affiliate that you want to work with,
look awesome to their clients, do it totally do it. Content is one of the most powerful ways to create partnerships and connect with an audience. And so here’s some quick steps to do that. Number one, reach out with an Epic, original sample of your content that you want to share. So reach out, make sure it is really good, what you’re sharing with them.
And I want you to provide around three samples of your content. You can provide writing samples, you can provide video samples or audio samples. And when you’re reaching out, share with them, say, Hey, we have this great content. I would love for you to post it. This is original content, and here’s the most important thing here. It has to be original.
So this is something that you’ve never put on your own website. You’ve never shared across social media. You, especially with these gold star partners that you really want to work with, you want to provide them something original that can be found nowhere else, because that gives them a marketing advantage over their competitors. And it’s important for search engine optimization. So pitch number one is to share great content with your particular partners that you want to work with,
reach out to them and say, Hey, here you go. You’re invited to share this it’s original content. And obviously your company is going to get credit for the content. It’s actually a great way for you to be in front of your partner’s audience and they can see your face or hear your voice or read your writing. So that’s pitch option. Number one,
pitch option. Number two is to offer, to host an event for that particular affiliate companies are always looking to be the experts. So we, we all want to be seen as the leader in our space. So in this one, this type of pitch, you’re basically going to stroke their ego. And that gets really far in a lot of ways,
okay, this is business, it’s the truth. All right. So you can invite that potential partner to speak to your audience on a social media live stream in a video interview that you can host later and you can share with your audience, their content. So I know this isn’t going directly in front of their audience instead, you’re inviting them to come into your audience,
but it really does make them see you in the beginning of this relationship is a valuable resource and somebody that they want to work with. So you would invite that potential partner to speak to your audience and tell them that you’re going to be sharing this content with your audience and making sure that you’re tagging them when you’re sharing the content and you’re including them in it.
And here is like a gold star bonus. Nobody does this. You guys have to do this. I promise you it will be the advantage. It’s also one of the most important ways that one of our seals, our logo seals, and one of my first companies became internationally recognized. So here is the secret. Are you ready? Okay. Create a graphic logo.
It’s not your business logo necessarily, but create a version of a logo that your partner can use and share across social media. This logo could be an as seen on or as featured by your business name or proud partner of, and then your business name, whatever it is, create graphics for them to pimp out on their social media. Sorry, I just said pimp out hope that doesn’t offend somebody about on their social media put on their website.
And so they could beep up like as seen on kind of as if you were in our podcast. If you were on my podcast, you’d get a whole entire zipped up file of a ton of promo logos that you can use saying as seen or heard or featured on the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast. Same thing. I want you to do this for your desired business partners.
And the second secret bonus is to create done for them, social media graphics. So take their headshots, put that little logo on there and send back images to them so they can put it out on their Instagram stories and their LinkedIn content and wherever else they’re established on social media. So you’re literally doing all the work for them. You’re inviting them to come teach to your audience and not only is that great for them.
And they’re seeing you as a great potential partner to work with more in the future, but frankly it makes your business look really, really good, especially those of you guys who are new in business in the first couple of years, bringing in experts, bringing in partners, makes your business look like the GoTo. And it’s an important thing to do. So that is pitch.
Number two is to invite the partner to come in, to teach or to speak. And I gave you the gold star marketing strategies. After that pitch, number three is to teach for them. So this is identifying their needs, identifying maybe some of the things they aren’t delivering as far as content to their audience and reach out and offer to speak for them,
reach out and offer to teach. And you do this by sending them speaker one pager or immediate press or pitch pack. We’ve talked about this on numerous shows before. If you haven’t tuned into our shows on how to land any speaking gig that you want, then make sure after you’re done listening to this episode, all you have to do is cruise back to Sweetlife podcast.com
and you can search all of our shows for that particular content and find all the strategies that teach you how to do that as well. So here in pitch, number three, we’re going to establish you as the expert. So you want to reach out with a list of topics that you can teach to their audience. Again, you want to do the research.
You want to identify what you feel like their needs are maybe some weaknesses within their market. And you want to provide the solution to that. You want to fill that hole for them and offer to teach for them at no charge. This could be a live stream on their social media. This could be in an event. This could be just frankly, creating a video and letting them post it on their YouTube channel,
whatever it is, reach out and offer to deliver expert content for them. And then pitch number four is to collaborate, to create something new. This is when you reach out really authentically and just say, Hey, I’d love to discuss the opportunities to create something new together. It can be a new product. It can be a new service or an event.
It could be a live stream collaboration or an online summit. It could be even a local event. The sky’s the limit when it comes to collaborations. So let me give you a good example of a case study of this in real time. My other company, I own baby planner inc, is the international leader in business consulting and development strategy for companies that market to new and expecting moms.
And there is a company that we partner with that also offers business coaching for that niche. They train sleep coaches, and they really want to provide the business strategy of developing a company, but that isn’t their expertise. So we are working together to create a collaboration where we bring in our business development trainings for that niche market and their expert sleep certifications. And it’s a complete business package if you will,
for these types of professionals, again, super niche, super specific. And so when you’re thinking about what this could look like for you think along those lines, like what can you create with other businesses that reach the same audience, but they may be missing something that’s different for every single industry. I just wanted to give you a case study and an example of some of the ways that we do this and that we are currently doing this right now so that your wheels can be turning.
So again, we’re developing the business development coaching, and they’re developing the skill set coaching. If you have some sort of a collaboration like that, that you can do within your niche, do it find it that is pitch number four, a collaboration to create something new that has never existed, or that it’s never been as awesome as you and your new ability a business affiliate can make it together.
All right. So here’s a recap of four very specific ways that you can pitch to land your dream business affiliates. Number one is sharing great content for that affiliate to post. Number two is hosting an event and inviting that affiliate to come and teach for your audience with all of the seals and logos and marketing. Number three is teaching for them to their audience.
And number four is collaborating to create something new. Now, let me speak to those of you guys that are brand new in business so that we’re just talking about the elephant in the room. I know that you might not have a huge list yet. That’s okay. You want to find the partners that may also be new and create partnerships with newer companies or companies that are looking to expand,
or maybe at the same stage of business development as you are. If you are a brand new business and you’re reaching out and you want to partner with Proctor and gamble, that might be a little stretch at first. Is it doable? Yes. We’d done it with clients before. Yes. Using these same four strategies. So go big, go for it.
But I also want to say, if you’re not really sure about what sort of collaborations you want for your company, maybe starting out with a business it’s in the same development phase or a little bit ahead of where your company is, is a great place to start. Okay. So that’s today’s episode. I hope you found this incredibly informative and taking action on it right now.
So to take action, choose which collaboration method you think is going to work best for your company to start and identify three top business affiliates that you want to reach out to right now to develop this relationship again, choose your pitch and choose three different affiliates that you can reach out to. And you can develop this collaboration. And the goal is to borrow their audience to grow yours.
It’s absolutely synergistic. It’s perfect for both businesses in giving and building mutually beneficial business partnerships and brand collaborations is really the way businesses are going to grow in the future. And this is a way to get started in that. Thank you so much for tuning into this show. I love chatting with you guys. If you haven’t yet, I would really appreciate it.
If you cruise over to Apple podcasts and left us a review, we read them all the time and along those lines, I just wanted to give a special thanks to a podcast reviewer, Terry Schmidt. Thank you so much. She said it’s practical, relevant, no nonsense podcast. April is extremely generous with the amount of detailed time-tested business advice that she gives on each podcast.
She’s very clear on who can benefit from each training and delivers the content in a way that makes it easy to take action right away. If you’re an entrepreneur working to launch scale and grow your business online and appreciate down to earth and relevant advice, I highly recommend this podcast. Thank you so much, Terry, for that review. And we really do appreciate all the reviews and sharing this podcast with your friends.
You can just click up arrow as you’re listening to this show and share it on your Instagram stories. And especially if you’re listening to it on Spotify, we are on every single podcast platform, even Pandora now, which apparently you really don’t listen to Pandora unless you’re over 40 like me, but I love Pandora. So it was really, it was really exciting for me when we got on Pandora a few years ago.
So I appreciate your time. I hope you guys have an awesome week. It’s always great to pour into your business. It’s such a privilege to do so, and we’ll catch you next week. Again. Join me for the live stream this Thursday, July 16th. If you want personalized business strategy and help to create your partner pitch to get in there, you just go to Sweetlife community.com.
Join our online community app and you will find the invitation to join us. Live this Thursday. All right, you guys have an awesome week. Talk to you soon.

Episode 183: 4 Steps To Land Any Business Affiliate Partnership You Want – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join the SweetLife Entrepreneur & Business Community App (free for life when you join in July 2020) Live Stream July 16 – How to Create Winning Partnerships – Join our new online community app for free to attend. 

Who This Episode is Great For:

New businesses – Stage 2 – Launch – Looking for affiliate and companies to network and partner with.
 
Establishes Companies – Stages 3, 4, 5 – Who need fresh eyes and buzz on a new product or offer to who are looking to expand into a new market.

Summary:

When was the last time you pitched a partner and landed it? Fact is… most companies don’t have the time to pay attention to your attempts to work with them, offer your support, or to simply connect professionally. But you need healthy partnerships to grow your business, brand, and sales and you only want to work with the best. So what should you do? 
 
To land the best business affiliates you need to say the right things, approach them on the right way and present your business as an asset they can’t live without.  In this show, I’m breaking down 3 tips to plan, pitch, and land any partner you want. These are the same proven strategies I’ve been teaching since 2008 which landed me partnerships with brands like WholeFoods Market, TheBump.com, Patagonia, Britax, Women’s Entertainment Network, and more. 

Highlights:

  1. Who will make the best partners for your business
  2. How to make a plan to work with them
  3. Exactly what to say to close the affiliate deal

Resources Mentioned:

Join the SweetLife Entrepreneur & Business Community App (free for life when you join in July 2020) Live Stream July 16 – How to Create Winning Partnerships – Join our new online community app for free to attend.  SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast on Pinterest April Beach on Facebook

April Beach on Instagram


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

<inaudible> You’re listening to the Sweetlife entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life. You love FASTA with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probate. Hi everybody. And welcome back to the show this week, we’re diving into how to create amazing partnerships for your business and amazing affiliate relationships. And the reason why I was so excited to do this episode is because I get questions all the time from businesses in my community.
How do I pitch people? How do I work with this gold star partner? Or how do I get this company to promote my material or my content, or how do I partner with this business leader? And there are very specific ways in which you should be reaching out to certain partners to get what you want. So in this show specifically, this is for those of you guys who are new in business.
So this means you’re in stage two of my lifestyle business system. That’s where you’re still just launching your business, but you’re looking for affiliate partners and companies to network with that are really going to help you get your company off the ground. Or this is also for those of you guys who are in stages three, four or five of my lifestyle business growth system.
This means you probably have a new product that you want fresh eyes on, or you want new buzz around new services that you’re launching, or maybe even you just want to start pivoting into a new market. And so you are looking for brands and partners to reach out to that you can work with. There are mutually beneficial partnerships. So in today’s episode,
we are diving into all of those things. And you’re going to know all the tricks in how I was able to land amazing partnerships in my first company I ever launched. As a matter of fact, the strategies that I’m teaching to you here today are the same proven strategies that I’ve been teaching since 2008. And they have landed me partnerships with brands like whole foods market,
the bump.com, Patagonia, bright techs, women’s entertainment network and more. So this show is totally packed with amazing information that you can bank on. And at the end of this episode, you’re going to know who will make the best business partners for your company, just because they might look good when you first reach out to them, doesn’t necessarily mean they’re going to be the best partner for you.
So I’m going to talk you through how to figure out who’s going to be the best partner for your business. You’re also going to know how to make a plan to work with them because it’s important that you’re organized. And you’re going to know exactly what to say to them, to close your affiliate or business partnership deal. So if you’re ready for that,
we’re going to dive in to all of that. Right now, you can find all the show notes, everything that I’m chatting about on today’s Sweetlife entrepreneur in business podcast, by cruising over to sweet life podcast.com forward slash one 83. And if you and I have never spoken before, it’s nice to meet you. My name’s April beach, I’m an online business development expert,
and I am so glad that you were here. Let’s do it.<inaudible>. So when was the last time you actually reached out to a partner in landed it, or have you never done this before? Because you have no idea how to even approach a company that you want your business to work with. So the fact of the matter is, is most companies,
they really don’t have time to pay any attention to you. You know, companies aren’t out there begging for different companies to partner with, especially those that are leading the way in their industry. And so sometimes your attempts to have them pay attention to you, just because you want to offer them support, or you want to simply connect with them. Professionally are falling to the wayside,
frankly, they’re too freaking busy, right? And you get that. I get that time is more valuable than money, but you need these healthy partnerships to grow your business. Some of you guys listening have to have these partnerships because you can’t, in fact, even sell your products or services without them, or you’re going to end up spending hundreds of thousands of dollars in marketing,
which you don’t need to do as long as you can lay into the right partners. So how do you do this? Let’s go ahead and break it down. And I’m actually going to give you the four steps. Now, there are a lot of notes in here, and I know that you’re probably driving your car to work, or you’re at the gym or you’re cooking dinner or whatever it is that you’re doing when you’re listening to this show.
And you probably don’t have a piece of paper and a pen in front of you. This is one of those shows that it would be really beneficial if you could jot down some notes so that you remember, because I’m actually giving you step-by-step, that’s going to save you years of time. So if you’re too busy and if you have yet to join us yet in our new sweet life entrepreneur and small business owner,
online forum, we’re super excited about it. We just launched a brand new custom app for you guys to connect with other businesses and you can join us free right now during the month of July, by visiting sweet life, community.com. And I’m going to actually drop in the show notes from this episode into that community. So if you’re too busy and you’re just like,
your life is like mine, and we’re always running around like crazy, then cruise over and join Sweetlife community.com. As long as you join in July, it’s free for life. And I’m going to drop these show notes in there for you. On top of that, with this episode, before I dive into any more detail, I’m also teaching a free livestream business strategy session on how to create winning partnerships on July 16th in that community.
So join that community. You’ll get to join the live stream. Plus you’ll get all the show notes from this episode, but let me go ahead and break the four steps for you to get started right now. So I can give you immediate result right away. So one is to do your research now, just because you think a partner may be a good partner,
doesn’t mean that they actually, well, here are the things that you want to look for when you are looking for really great affiliates or partnerships. The first question you want to ask yourself as do they reach your ideal audience. So a lot of times you might look at a partner and think that they do, but here is how to know your audience has a lifespan.
They have a journey that they’re going through in your business, just like other businesses usually serve a clientele within a certain part of their journey. Now you want to look for partners that serve your clientele, your customers, before they need your service or your product or your offer. The perfect partner is the one that is reaching your clients right before your clients are going to need what you sell.
There are a lot of great partnerships that you think just because they serve the same market or the same niche audience, that they might be cool people for you to work with. But the fact of the matter is, is, you know, I only want to identify who they serve. You want to identify when they serve your ideal audience. So do your research first,
dive in, find out when they connect with your audience, because you want to be the very next step to what that audience needs and the best partners are the ones that get to your ideal client and promote your services right before your clients. I need to find you. So that’s step number one, step number two is what is this company or what is this partner missing?
So what are the things that their clients want that they don’t currently provide? What do they not provide as far as content? Or what sort of service are they not currently providing? Or what sort of service or content or material, or perhaps products are currently providing, but frankly they’re doing it just cause they have to, it, isn’t something that’s part of their ideal business operations.
They’ve identified that they’re missing it. So they’re doing it, but maybe they aren’t really great at it. Maybe it’s not their, you know, Ninja skill. Maybe it’s not their specific zone of genius. So what is this partner missing? What does it not do for their clients currently that could make this partnership even better by you stepping in and providing it,
or what are they currently providing to the clients that maybe they don’t want to be. Maybe it’s costing them more money to provide this type of a service. And this is a great opportunity for you to either Jennifer these items in step in and save the day. What do you have that could make them look better, be better at what they do perform their services better and actually be an overall perfect provider to their clientele.
So here’s some examples of this. If you’re a dietitian, you could be an amazing partner for a supplement company. If you’re a copywriter, you could be an amazing partner for a marketing firm. If you’re a doula, you could be an amazing partner for a baby carrier company. If you’re a staffing company, you could be an amazing partner for a service based business and the list goes on and on.
So after you’ve done your research, take a look at the partners before you pitch them and identify what are they missing or what are they doing that maybe they don’t want to be doing? Maybe they don’t do as well as you could do. And how can you make them look like the best by bringing your services or your content or your materials to their business platform or their physical local business location.
Step number three is making a plan like we talked about in the beginning. Everybody’s incredibly busy if you show up and you’re all frazzled and you don’t have a plan, they are never, ever, ever going to take two seconds to listen to you because immediately they’ll identify that working with you is going to cost them time and money. So you need to have an organized plan and you need to be easy to work with.
And here’s how you do that. First of all, get your systems in place, whatever it is that you’re delivering or providing have systems in place already, that you are able to bring that to this new company. You don’t want to start out by trying new systems in a new partnership. That’s going to fail and it’s not going to be great for your brand.
And we don’t want you to present yourself and have that sort of business brand partnership, rep representation or reputation. So, first of all, we want to make sure you’re super easy to work with and your systems are in place. And then you want to present a plan for how you’re going to contribute or work with this partner. So how will you contribute your content or your services?
When will you do that? And what will this look like? You need to come to the table with a simple plan. That is not only easy for the person you’re speaking to to understand, but it’s easy for that person to present your plan to the decision maker. In most cases, the first person that you talk to in a business to partner with them,
isn’t the decision maker who gets to actually choose whether or not they’re going to partner with your company. So you have to present a simple, organized plan so that the first connection you have can easily explain the benefits of working with you and how it’s going to make them more money and how it’s going to make them look better to the decision maker. But in that you need to offer to amend your plan and you need to be willing to,
to all their needs. So you can suggest specifics on how you can work together. That’s simple to understand and easy to implement based on what they need. So although you’re coming to the table with a plan, that’s going to make you look like a rock star. Believe me, trust me. You’re coming to the table with the plan. You’re saying,
here’s what we can do. This is what it could look like. And this is how we want to help you. But the very next thing you’re going to say is, however, I want to hear what you need. What does your company need and how can we meet those needs for you? And you need to be a really good listener. And at that point in time,
you might want to go back, modify your plan and re, present your plan to them again, after you’ve listened and have to, after you’ve been able to perfectly hear their words and their struggles and their pains and figure out how your company can solve that. So that’s step number three. You have to have a plan. You have to be super organized and you have to be a good listener and be willing to change your plan based on what they need.
And then the very last step is more like a rule, but it’s incredibly important. Anytime you reach out to any partner, you have to understand that it’s not about you. It has absolutely nothing to do with you and your company. You need to reach out with a servant’s heart. You need to reach out giving first. You need to reach out in a way that you have zero expectations for how it’s going to turn around and promote your company immediately.
Especially if you are a new business. Now, I’m not saying you give everything away for free and you’ll be a martyr to this company, but it really has little to do with you. It is a mutually beneficial brand or affiliate partnership that works for both of you. And you need to start first by reaching out and presenting how you can give, let me give you a really quick scenario of this.
People reach out to me all the time and they want to be on this podcast all the time. I mean, I have so many applications for guests on this show. You guys, I can’t even get through them all. And the reality is is that the people that reach out, they send us emails or they go through the application process. And it’s clearly about promoting their business,
their brand, their services, their offers, and their sales. I mean, shit. I don’t even sell my own coaching programs on here hardly ever. This is a show where we are pouring into entrepreneurs and small business owners. It’s not about a show where you pimp out your services. And so those people that reach out and they want to be guests on this show that pitch us like,
Hey, I want to promote this. And I want to share what a great coach I am or whatever. They immediately go in the trash because it’s clear to us that they aren’t about serving you guys it’s clear to us. So they aren’t about providing proven business strategies and trainings that you guys can take to the bank. And that’s our mission. That’s what we do here on this show.
We’re a serving first company and that comes through in every single one of our podcast episodes. And so the same thing goes to reaching out to any business partner, even though yes, from a business strategy standpoint, we want you to create amazing partnerships. You can increase your profit and sales and you can be the leader in your space. Of course, we’re going to want you to make more money.
That is the point of making partnerships. However, when you lead with a giving first attitude with a servant’s heart, with these type of ways and saying, Hey, how can I help you? How can I make your company look better? How can we fill holes that are bottlenecks within your business? That’s how you’re going to land any partnership that you want that is looking for partners.
So to summarize, here’s what we talked about on today’s show. First of all, I mentioned to you join our live stream on July 16th, where we’re going to be talking about all this, and I’m going to be taking your questions on how to pitch your dream business partners. You can join us. Step. Number one is join our online forum and our community totally free.
You can just visit Sweetlife community.com, join our forum for free and then click on events and you can join me there in the live stream. I would love to talk to you and help you. And I will put all the show notes. So we talked about in the show notes for this episode on our podcast website, which can be found@sweetlifepodcast.com forward slash one 83.
And I’m also going to put detailed show notes of what we talked about in the forums. You have to be in the community to get all the detailed show notes, again, visit Sweetlife community.com. And on today’s show, we talked about these four steps. Number one, do your research, not every partner that looks great on paper is a great partner for you.
Number two, find out what they’re missing. How can you make what they do better, faster, easier. How can you make them more money? When you make them more money, you’re gonna make more money. Step number three, make a plan, be organized, present yourself in an organized fashion, but also be willing to listen and amend your plan to meet their needs.
And step number four is to be selfless. I don’t care how big your company is, whether you’re a solo entrepreneur and you’re just one person, or you have a team of 15 or 20 every single time you lead with helping others. First, your company is going to grow faster. I promise. All right, you guys, well, it’s always so great to talk to you again,
cruise over and join us in our new online community app and forum. I am so glad to be out of Facebook. And so I’d love to have you join us in our new app. It’s super fun to play with, and it’s been great to see so many new podcast fans and faces join us over@sweetlifecommunity.com. And then next week we’re actually going to be continuing this same topic where I’m going to give you three specific pitches,
three specific things that you can do to reach out to pitch and land partners. So we’re going to be talking about this for a couple of weeks. If you aren’t a subscriber to this show, please click, subscribe and share this show with your friends. We totally appreciate your help and support. All right, you guys have an awesome week and I’ll see you soon.

Episode 179: Email Marketing Software Every Company Should Have – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join April’s group business coaching program

Who This Episode is Great For:

This episode is for business owners struggling to understand how to use email marketing, when to use email marketing and why to use email marketing.  This is a SweetLife Business Foundations show and we’re covering important foundations every business should have when it comes to growth.

Summary:

Many businesses are not using email marketing correctly. Regardless if your business is local or online, email marketing is a must. If you are struggling to understand how to use email marketing to connect with your clients, increase your sales, and the difference between email marketing options this show is for you. You’ll know the difference between email managers and clearly understand your software needs to move forward. 

Highlights:

  1. The difference between your business email and your email marketing manager
  2. Business email set up and use
  3. Marketing email set up and use 

Resources Mentioned:


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

<inaudible> You’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hi, you guys. And welcome to episode 179 of the sweet life business podcast. I’m April beach, your host Development mentor, and strategist. And today it’s just me and you today.
We’re diving into what I would call a sweet life business foundation show. And I’m going to tell you the background as to why I chose to deliver this training. I can actually share with you why this training was important to deliver in just a second, but before we get started, let’s make sure you are in the right place. Today’s show is for business owners that are struggling to understand how to use email marketing,
when to use email marketing and why you should even be using email marketing at all. Now, this isn’t something that is only for new businesses. As a matter of fact, our company helps more established companies that have been around forever, but just haven’t really caught up to how you can grow your business through email marketing and online business development, yet more than anybody else with this problem,
there are more established businesses in the marketplace today, both in person and local businesses and online businesses that are either not using email marketing at all or using it totally incorrectly. So in this show, we’re going to make sure you know how to use email marketing correctly. So regardless of your local or online email marketing is a must and you’re going to fully see and understand that by the end of this episode,
if you’re struggling to understand how to use email marketing, to connect with your clients, increase your sales, and the difference between all the different kinds of email marketing you can do, then this show is for you. And at the end of this show, you’re going to know the difference between your business email and an email marketing manager. You’re going to know how to set up your business email and what to use that email option four.
And you’re going to know how to set up your business, email marketing manager and when, and how to use that option to grow your business. So we’re covering a lot today, but this is a foundational training. It doesn’t mean your businesses has to be new. Like I said, this could be for established businesses and actually more often, that is the case of the companies that are coming to us that need email marketing in place.
So what really actually made me decide that this was an important episode to do because frankly, having my sleeves rolled up in business for so long, sometimes these foundational trainings, they’re just kind of the back of my hand, just like, I’m sure you’re so close to your area of expertise, those basic questions. Sometimes you overlook because you know them so well.
You just automatically think that everybody else knows and understands them. And so here’s a little background story. I was teaching a group masterclass of businesses that I consult internationally yesterday. And during this class we had open questions and answers and one person asked a question. It was a very basic question about email marketing and really the whole rest of this business group coaching session turned this pivot to be all about email setup,
email marketing managers, and a lot of things that people were struggling with with it wasn’t necessarily the content that I had planned to teach as far as business development strategy, but it made me realize how important this topic is and how many companies are missing it. And then in my private Facebook group, this testimony from yesterday’s training came along and I’m just going to read it to you.
This is from a client of mine. I’m not going to mention her name, but if this testimony resonates with you, if you want to feel this way, then this podcast is definitely a good episode for you to stay tuned into. So this is what my client posted. She said for many years, one of the things that held me back, or to be brutally honest,
shut me down entirely is tech and the daunting tasks of building a landing page and opt in whatever hiring someone is not an option for me. And I prefer to learn it just now, as soon as I got off this group training call, I signed up for the software that I’m going to tell you in today’s episode, I was just blown away after watching the tutorial and how to create a simple opt in and how to connect my email responses,
et cetera, after so long filling step, this process brought tears to my eyes and I finally broke through, excuse the tears, but I’m so happy and I feel so much better now. So that was a testimony from one of my clients based on the business coaching session we had yesterday about this topic. And it really had me thinking that this is an important topic,
and I apologize to you as it foundational and advanced business training podcast. If I have skipped over this, I know we recreated a lot of episodes in the beginning. I think episodes number 12, 13, and 14 were all about how to set up your email marketing manager and what is a list and how to use this. But it’s episode number 179.
So years later, I haven’t covered this in a long time. And for that, please forgive me. And I apologize and let’s go ahead and dive into today’s training. All the show notes, all the resources I’m going to share with you can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one seven, nine<inaudible>. Okay. First things first, there are two types of email platforms that you should have for your business.
You should have your personal business email, and you should have a separate email marketing manager, totally separate from each other. They are not the same thing. And I think this is where some of the confusion comes in. So let me break down the difference. The personal business email is something. For example, like mine is april@sweetlifeco.com. That’s my personal business email.
It’s where I email people. One-on-one maybe I might send an email to copy and CC some people at the most five, that would actually be a very large group to send a very personal email to my email marketing manager is the software that it holds my list of leads, clients and partners in my email marketing manager is the one that sends out weekly. Sometimes biweekly broadcast to everybody on my list.
I cannot do that nor do I want to do that from my personal business email, that needs to be done separately through eight email marketing manager. So that is a very basic foundational difference. And I was shocked again on this training yesterday and really overlooked how many businesses didn’t understand the difference between those foundations. So let’s go ahead and dive a little bit deeper into each one.
So your business email, this is for sure. Number one, rule number one has to be, and I don’t care if I’m not supposed to say has to be on the show. You guys know me. I’m always going to just lay it out there. The way it is. It has to be at your domain name. It can be cindy@theworld.com.
It can be april@sweetlifepodcast.com. It is never going to be april@gmail.com. You should never for professional branding purposes, have your business email, not in end in your custom URL domain. If you take nothing away from this show, except for this one thing, I want you to run as fast as you can. And I want you to customize your email so that it is your first name at your URL at your company domain name,
no matter what, please do not send anybody in email from podcast@gmaildotcomoryourbusinessnameburstatyahoo.com. It is incredibly unprofessional and it will immediately disqualify you. And frankly, it’ll make your brand look like shit. And so I don’t want that to happen to you. That’s why you’re here. And so it’s my job to tell you to fix that first. Now let’s talk about how to fix that.
We recommend as a company using G suite Gmail for business, there are a lot of different options out there that you can use. G suite does cost right now. Currently I think I pay $5 per month per customer email that I have, but it’s really important because accessing G suite as a business owner allows me to do a couple of things. Number one,
it allows me to accomplish that professional email that I want and need to have for my brand. So again, mine, and you’re welcome to shoot me an email. If you want. Mine is april@sweetlifeco.com, but then I also am able to create custom email addresses for my team. So I have my assistant, I have my editor, I have my marketing manager.
I have my podcast, guest relations person. They all have their own separate email addresses. And all of them are@sweetlifeco.com. It has the same ending having a G suite account enables me to do that. Now I’ve put some links in the show notes for you. You can go and create your own G suite business email right now for five bucks in email address.
And it will customize your email for you. G suite will also give you access to tons of other software options like spreadsheets and different advanced business bundle options that are really important to have to grow your company and to manage your communications. So we love G suite and no I’m not making any money. I’m telling you to go there. I’m telling you to go there cause it’s easy and it’s cheap and it’ll make you look good.
The second thing I want you to know about this business email is this is where, like I said, previously, you email people one-to-one. So if I’m going to shoot an email over to my business partners at this other company, it’s coming from me personally, and it’s coming out of my G suite business email. Here is a tip. As you’re setting this up,
I want you to do a couple of things. Number one, I want you to customize your signature line within this email, in my signature line, under my personal email, I have my logo. I have links to where people can listen to the podcast. I have my title and I have some other quick action things like my phone number is in there as well.
This isn’t something that I’m just going to email everybody in the world, but these specific people, I want them to know how to get in touch with me. Hence sending them a direct personal email. These are people I want to work with people whose business I want to have and people I want to help and serve and support. So it’s important that they know how to connect with me.
And I make sure that my signature is set up. So every single email I send, whether it’s from my mobile phone or whether it’s from my desktop or my iPad is all looking really spiffy and professional and giving people what they want and need from me now, really super expert tip, if you are just a solo entrepreneur. So if there’s only one of you and you don’t want to manage all the emails yourself in your personal email inbox,
then I actually recommend you create two different emails. And one of them could be your first name at your company URL. And the second one is something like hello or support or info or help or welcome, create a separate catch, all email for all of those other emails that are going to be inbound emails. But frankly, they’re just, you’re not really sure you want to give those inbound emails access to your personal business inbox.
So that means you would connect two separate business emails, one for you personally. And one is a catchall for all the other inquiries, and you should still have that. If you have a team in our company, we have a catchall email. We have hello, it’s Sweetlife co.com. And then we have very specific email addresses for different functions in different divisions within our business.
Like I said, for example, podcast@sweetlifeco.com is where people pitch us to be a guest on this show. I want those emails only landing in one inbox because frankly, I personally hate reading emails. I would rather do anything else all day long than sit in my inbox. So we actually create many different emails. So when I’m looking for something specific, I don’t have to dig it all out of one whole email.
I can go just to the podcast@sweetlifecode.com, email inbox, and find exactly what I’m looking for as an example. So that is the first kind of business email that every single business should have out the gate. Like I said, don’t be that person that has an at Gmail or at Yahoo or heaven forbid had AOL. If you have an at AOL, indeed,
then you haven’t listened to any of these podcast episodes. And I just don’t even know what to say to you at this point in time. But I actually did get an email from somebody that was at AOL and I’m not even sure how technically that is even possible anymore, but I did receive one a couple of months ago. All right. So that is the first type of business email manager you need.
You’re just going to use it to email people one on one, and to receive inbound emails. The second type of email manager you should have is what I call an email marketing manager. An email marketing manager is what manages your outbound communications with either your entire list of leads. So all of the people in your database, or with only a certain section or a certain subset of people on your list.
So an example of this is let’s just go back to that same case study. I shared about my international group of entrepreneurs that I coach on Mondays. I want to, for example, send them an email saying, Hey, don’t forget, meet me for a group coaching session register here. I am not sitting down to write individually emails to go out to each one of those people.
No, I’m writing one email and I’m sending it to only the people who are in that group business mastermind. So my email marketing manager is capable of segmenting, who I want those emails to go to and managing the outbound emails for me, my personal business, Gmail, number one at a one at doing that. Number two. If I did that out of my personal business,
Gmail, I would probably be flagged for spam email marketing managers are strategically developed so that they are compliant and you are not spamming people. That’s why it’s incredibly important to have one. As we talked about here, a lot on the show, we’re always talking about grow your list, grow your list. And frankly, I realized that there are many of you guys that don’t even know what the hell that means.
That’s fine. And don’t, let’s talk about that as it relates to email marketing manager. So your list is a list of names and email addresses that are either leads for your business partners, for your business clients, for your business, or they fall into another miscellaneous category. But where do you grow your list? Where do you collect this database? In a lot of companies,
we call this a CRM. It’s a client relationship management software, but there are so many businesses that don’t need a full fledged CRM. A lot of CRMs managed billing and communications back and forth and workflows and all of these bells and whistles that frankly, most businesses don’t meet. So that’s when we scale back from a full fledged CRM, and you only need an email marketing manager to manage your list,
segment your list, and continue to collect names and email addresses to add to your list. That’s what an email marketing manager does. And in this particular episode, we aren’t talking about the marketing side of how to gather those names, how to increase the leads to land on this list. I’m simply talking about the software and where to put this content, where to put this information in your client database.
So now let’s chat a little bit deeper about what else your email marketing manager can and will do for you. That’s incredibly important. And you must have, again, doesn’t matter if you are a local business, if you’re a brick and mortar business, if you’re an online business, you need to be using email marketing in order to grow and connect with your audience.
Because here is the goal. Here is the magic. An email marketing manager also utilizes artificial intelligence. So we utilize AI in the form of automation to connect, connecting, communicate with the people in your database automatically without you having to be there sitting down at your little iPad when you would rather be at the beach or wherever and typing out emails, having an email marketing manager sets up automation.
So what we mean by that is when somebody clicks a certain place on your website, or when somebody clicks a link in one of the outbound emails that you send a correct email marketing software will identify that they’ve clicked a certain link or taken a certain action, and it will do a number of things. It could either add a tag to that individual person letting you know that that person is interested in the certain link or whatever it was that they clicked on.
It will send that person an automatic email saying, Hey, we just noticed that you visited our scheduling page, but maybe you didn’t actually schedule with us. How can we help you get on our calendar so that we can serve you better? These are the crazy, amazing things that only an email marketing manager can do for you, that you can’t do yourself.
At least after a certain point, if you ever want to grow a profitable business, you are way too busy serving your clients and dreaming up awesome things. And not some ways to grow your business, connecting with partners out there, shaking hands and kissing babies. You’re not going to be sitting in there typing these damn emails, one for one. And it’s really important that you’re utilizing the software that we have available to us as business owners,
to create automation, which is going to build a deeper relationship with your clients. It’s preprogrammed. It utilizes artificial intelligence and you aren’t even there, but they feel like just send them a personal email. That is not something that your individual business email through G suite is capable of doing. So to summarize today, we talked about two different email marketing platforms that every business needs.
We talked about the fact that you need your personal business email in it’s your name or whatever word you can do, your first name and you know, like your first initial or whatever combination you want to do at your custom business domain or URL. And then we talked about having a separate email marketing manager that manages your database. It’s not a full fledged client relationship management software.
So you’re not diving into investing thousands of dollars sometimes into something like Salesforce, or even hundreds of dollars a month into something like 17 hats or even cheaper dub Sato. There are so many different software out there that they’re incredible. And if you were my client and we sat here face to face and I heard your business and what you need, I might actually recommend that.
But on today’s show, we’re just talking about basic email marketing in the that you can leverage it right now and you should be leveraging it right now without even having all the bells and whistles in your business. And the number one email marketing manager that we currently are turning our clients to granted. This could change a year from now. So don’t come hunt me down if I’ve found a better one.
But as of right now, the best email marketing manager that we have, that we love to recommend that super easy to use is called convert kit. We also have numerous clients that use active campaign and Ontraport. And I’m going to go ahead and put links to all of these in the show notes with free trials for you. And there are numerous different email marketing platforms that many of our clients use.
A lot of our clients love MailChimp. We, and I’ll keep it honest here on the show. We do not believe MailChimp is a good option for new businesses. It’s actually confusing for more, most businesses that we find based on the way that they have engineered the growth of their platform. So it’s just, isn’t a manager that we recommend currently, but I’m going to go ahead input all of the links.
Like I said, in the show notes for today’s show, I hope this helped clarify some business foundations. Again, I don’t care if you’re a new business and established business. I don’t care if you are a local business or a restaurant or a salon or a spa or a hotel. I don’t care if you’re a marketing manager or a speaker or an author,
you should be utilizing email marketing to connect with your audience, both from a personal business side and from an outbound route marketing and messaging through an email marketing manager. And I hope this show cleared up any confusion that you might have had about this, just like it did for my client and many on yesterday’s business development call. And if you have any questions about this at all,
you want to jam on email marketing managers, or maybe this actually opened up a whole entire bucket of new questions for you over and connect with me in my free Facebook community and tagged me in any questions you have. I’m always in there supporting businesses it’s totally free, and you can join that community by going to sweet life community.com and all of the show notes that I mentioned can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com
forward slash one seven nine. Alright, have an awesome week. I’ll talk to you.

Episode 175: How To Create An Affiliate Program To Sky Rocket Your Sales – with Laura Sprinkle

Laura Sprinkle SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join Rock Your Affiliate Program and get free access to April’s “Your Signature Offer” [$1999 value] 

Who This Episode is Great For:

This show is for established companies with fantastic programs or services who want to increase sales as well as for new entrepreneurs who need to get the word out about your business and want to generate referrals from the get-go. 

Summary:

You’re really good at what you do, but your list of leads is small. Or… You have an amazing program, course, product, or service, and it’s time to 3x your sales. In both cases… your solution is an affiliate program. 
 
But do you create one? 
Where do you start? 
Who do you ask to become your affiliates?
How can you get them to agree? 
 
In this episode, my friend Laura Sprinkle, the mastermind behind epic launches for Amy Porterfield, Selena Soo, and Todd Herman and over 10MM in affiliate sales, dishes it all. 
 
If you want your next product launch to be your best yet? Don’t miss this show. 

Highlights:

  1. Understand epic profit potential of affiliate sales
  2. Learn to find your best referral partners 
  3. Know how to pitch partners for mutual benefits 

Resources Mentioned:


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probate. Hey Darren, welcome back to the sweet life entrepreneur business podcast, April beach here, and we have a special treat today. You don’t need to just listen to my voice delivering business strategy. Have you been listening to this show for a while? You know that half of these episodes are me dishing out business trainings to you and the other half is when I bring in a guest and today is one of those special episodes when I have an amazing guest in the house.
So much cooler than I am and I can’t wait to dive into everything we’re talking about today on this show. But let’s first make sure that we are making the most use of your time. So this particular episode is for you. If you are an established company and you have a super amazing program or service or course or product and you want to increase sales or you’re a new business and you want to get the word out about what you do, you want to increase referrals and you want to get started strong from day one.
So in this show we’re talking about how to fast track your profit by building an affiliate program and not just any affiliate program. And that’s what’s so exciting about today’s episode because how you build your affiliate program is going to affect your brand and if you’ve been listening to the show for awhile, you know that there are three ways to increase your numbers, to increase your sales and to increase your list of leads. Number one is obviously through organic outreach in whether it’s social media or networking face to face. Number two is through ad spend in number three is through either earned media or partnerships.
We’re diving into that number three today and I’m so excited about digging into this with you. This is not only something that I know that many businesses want to do. This is something that my company and my team, we’re in the process of working through right now as we speak, so this episode couldn’t have been more timely and we’re so excited to dive in and share with you as I learned myself. Very stoked about that. So for all of the links we’re going to talk about in today’s show, please visit Sweetlife podcast.com
forward slash one seven five that’s where you’re going to find everything that you need and also where you’re going to find a link so that you can work directly with our guests, which you’re going to hear about how you can do that. For those you guys that are really ready to take your business to the next level, you can hear about all of that in this episode and find all those links by visiting Sweetlife podcasts.com forward slash one seven five<inaudible>. All right, you guys, welcome to suite life entrepreneur and business podcast number one 75 and I’m here with my friend Laura sprinkle.
I will tell you, I still remember the first time speaking to Laura on the phone. She was incredibly helpful and she was helping me take part in our friend Selena Sue’s business program and promoting her business program. And I was waiting in the carpool line for my kids at school waiting to pick my kids up from school. And I think Laura, you were expecting your daughter at the time.<inaudible> life was just such a different place in that I remember being like, this lady is so awesome. I can’t wait to connect with her further.
She’s incredibly helpful and these are the exact kind of people that I want and need in my life in business. So I’m super excited to finally get her here on the podcast. So let me, let me give you her official introduction, her your and then we’ll, we’ll turn it over to Laura to phase in really who she is behind the scenes. So Laura sprinkle teaches entrepreneurs how to grow their business through strategic high touch partnerships through her signature training rock, your affiliate program. She’s helped industry leaders such as Amy Porterfield,
Selena, Sue, and Todd Herman. Build their partner programs has seen over $10 million in partner revenues come in through her methods and supported thousands of partners across dozens of industries. Her motto is partnerships first, fun always, and she sprinkles that message throughout every single thing that she does. A little bit more about Laura, even though you’re going to know this for yourself by the end of this show, she’s been mentioned in Amy Porterfield’s online marketing made easy podcast and has been, it’s a featured guest expert for Selena Sue’s year long mastermind at advance and on podcasts.
So Laura, thank you so much for being on the show today. Give everybody a better introduction than me reading your bio could to you who you are behind the scenes and what it is that you actually do. Please. Thank you so much. April. I’m so, so honored to be here truly, and it’s always so funny hearing people read your bio back to you and I’m like, wow, I’m pretty cool. Yeah, I was definitely gotten a lot better over the years and it’s just so funny to think about the names that you were saying.
The people that I get to work with that I have the pleasure of supporting and they’re just real human beings behind the scenes and you get to be friends with people and they become not such a big deal to you. But then you know, hearing them out in the world and it’s like, Oh wow, this is pretty awesome. So I’m just super, super pumped to be here. And I got into all of this really because I am a people pleaser and ended up turning, you know, what could be called a flaw into my biggest win.
I mean obviously like, you know, I’m working on the people pleasing part, but really like I just love making friends with people and I’ve been able to turn that into a beautiful career, making friends with some top industry leaders. So yeah, it’s fun and you’re very, very good at it. Okay, so tell us what is your business? What do you do? So it’s really clear that people understand specifically what is your Ninja skill, your zone of genius. Yeah. So mine and just skill is,
so I’ve done, you know, you read all the, all the stats there. Actually it’s closer to $12 million now. Super exciting. So over the course of dozens of launches, um, some of which have generated millions of dollars is very exciting. I realized that every single launch, I was behind the scenes as an affiliate manager at that time and I realized, well I’m doing the same thing every time, obviously with a different flavor for every client. But I had never seen out there somebody teaching how do you create an affiliate launch or how do you create a partner program to get other people to share your work for you,
which is what I was helping clients do. And so then I created a training thing. Rock your affiliate program. Well actually even before I created the training, I created the system to use with clients, started implementing it, saw great results, started doing intensive days of people, saw great results there and consulting. And then now I have a training to teach people my exact system. So they create a core partner program. And then we have a four phase system that goes around it, which really loves people up in this beautiful way.
And I love partnerships. I think that entrepreneurship can be lonely and it can feel overwhelming to do it all on your own. And so when you can have other people promoting for you, it’s just this beautiful win-win all around. I love that. Okay. And so oftentimes those of you guys that are faithful, sweet life listeners here, we talk about three different ways to gain an audience. And then Laura, you and I chatted a little bit about this behind the scenes before we started recording. So our audience knows,
obviously you can generate organic traffic, you can run ads, which some businesses do, some businesses don’t. And there’s always this third way. And our mutual friend Cathy Hawn actually says it really well. She says, you know, when you don’t have your own audience, the best way, the fastest way to grow your business is to borrow someone else’s. And I love that. And that’s like the third way. But so many people are saying, cheese, you know, how do I actually do this?
And so what you do teaching people how to recruit affiliates to sell their program or their services that really fits into that, Hey, let’s borrow somebody else’s audience. That third way. So for those of you guys that are listening, you’re aren’t really sure kind of where getting an affiliate onboard fits into your overall marketing strategy. That’s where, that’s this third way this, you know, borrow somebody else’s audience, you know, recruit friends and friends of friends and people that love what you do in your business and know that you’re a rock to actually sell your products and your programs for you.
And so Laura, there’s a couple of like basic elementary questions. I want to make sure that we’re getting out of the way and we kind of hit the nail on the head before you dive into, you’re going to teach us about how to recruit people and the rings of recruitment, which I’m so excited about. Is there a certain definition for an affiliate or like we talked about a JV that you can explain here for those that might be really new to this type of business promotional model. Definitely. So for me,
I like to call them partners in general and for me a partner is a very broad term and it can encompass a lot of different things because oftentimes when people hear the word JV or I guess those are you know, joint venture partners, what that means, a JV or affiliate, they think it has to be this like online course launch. You know like our friends, Lena does one in reality, a partner program could encompass referrals. It could be an affiliate, it could be a joint venture, but a partner in this sense and what you’re talking about is somebody who’s going to be promoting your product,
program or service for you. And when they make a sale you are going to give them a commission. So it’s beautiful because with advertising, obviously you have to pay upfront and you’re not guaranteed a return on your investment. Whereas with an affiliate partner, a JV partner or referral partner, you’re only paying them a commission when they make a sale.
I love that. Okay, so it’s a perfect segue. It just leads us right into, okay,
great, how do we find these people? How do we find people that are interested in promoting our product,
who want to sell this for, you know, really the right reasons, usually because they believe in it or they have used this before or they believe in me as a business person and a business owner.
Can you kind of guide us through those steps of how to get people on board? Definitely, and actually first,
even before I dive into that, I want to talk about why, and we’ve already touched on this a little bit,
but again, why you would even consider this, because oftentimes the first initial thought when I say, Oh,
and then you pay them a commission is, Oh, well I don’t want to pay people my hard earned money for this thing.
When in reality, like you said, you’re borrowing somebody else’s audience, you’re cutting down the time. It takes tremendously to get a lead on board because if you were going to do that organically,
it would take awhile to build up your list or to reach more people. So you’re getting a lead on board faster.
Referrals are excellent customers because they’ve pre-framed, they’re excited about you and your offer. And it’s a faster sale because they’ve been referred.
So it’s a sale that you probably wouldn’t have had otherwise. And that is the benefit of paying that commission out saying,
thank you so much for sharing my work. Like I’m going to pay you for it. So I just want to get that out of the way first of all.
No, I’m glad you said that too. So thank you. So that’s so important as you know,
why are we doing this? And I will actually add to that that you’re so right. So we’re very picky about who we partner with as far as affiliates are.
People we know and love and trust and we love their work. Like you, we, you know,
we part with you. And I remember that, you know, as we go through and we recommend programs for our friends,
so when we are acting as the affiliate partner, not as the main seller, I will get on the phone with people that I know the same.
Listen, you really need this. I know where you are in your business, you really need this,
this is that one key that you were looking for and I endorse this, I support you in this.
And in most cases, you know we participate through that program with people that we refer. And so yes,
a hundred percent because I’m doing that work for the owner of that program, I’m calling my clients personally and saying,
Hey listen, I know you and this is going to be great for you. I won’t call everybody because it’s not great for everybody and it’s really,
you know, we do this with integrity when we see, and we know we have clients where people we worked with,
you know for a period of time and say, Hey listen, we know this is what you need.
So a hundred percent and that is worth whoever’s program that we are recommending or selling it as an affiliate partner to have me get on the phone and have my endorsement of their program to my people directly.
And that as an affiliate that is by far worth its weight in gold. You couldn’t buy that sort of endorsement with all the tea in China as having somebody personally pick up the phone or personally write out,
you know, to somebody else saying, Hey listen, I really know that this is important for you.
So I’m so glad that that you said that. Yes. All right. Okay. So anything else we need to know about like who can participate in affiliate program?
So are there any regulations behind who can participate and who can’t in certain types of affiliate programs that we should talk about here in the beginning?
I know we’ve kind of run into this in the past cause I own two companies. One of them does a lot of work in medical and so I know there’s kind of some gray area there.
Yeah, I mean I definitely am not a lawyer or expert, you know, I’ll just clarify that on that end of things.
And there are FTC regulations in place that everybody needs to be familiar with and agree to and I would always have a terms and conditions like for your partner program before you get started on recruiting.
I do know that there are certain things, yeah in the medical space or in the health space and also in,
you know for lawyers I have a client actually who’s a lawyer and so she has some, some different interesting things to be aware of.
Excuse me. When it comes to partners, one of the big things though, because most people I’m assuming that are listening or not necessarily in those spaces is you always want your partners to disclose that they are an affiliate.
Like that is super important and not only is it actually the law, which you know it is, it is also just integrity.
You’re not going to burn relationships that way. Like if I’m saying, Oh my gosh, you have to go see this movie and they go see the movie,
like that’s not a big deal. But if every time I recommend a movie to a friend, I get a thousand dollars and I don’t tell them and then they find out later like that’s going to be like,
well did you actually like that movie or were you just telling me to go see it? And so when you say upfront,
Hey, yes, go see this movie, it is the best. I wouldn’t recommend it otherwise. And I am getting commission on the back and but I wouldn’t recommend it,
you know, unless I was really behind it. Right. Yeah. I love that. Okay. So we are not attorneys talk to,
you’re an attorney if you’re in one of those strange industries that you don’t have, whether or not you can do this.
But thank you for letting me put you on the spot there. That’s what I usually say. You know,
it’s always like go talk to your attorney. But you know, again, that’s medical and legal, medical and legal are the two primary industries.
I think that that’s a case force. I wanted to make sure we made that. We talked about that upfront.
So Laura and I don’t have all the perfect legal jargon on that, but this is, this is why,
this is why for for 99 point 99% of you, this is an amazing way to go about building your business.
Okay, so how on earth when we’re thinking about reaching out to people, how do we find people that are the right people?
Because we don’t want to just find everybody, right? We want to find the right people that are invested in take the time to pay attention to what it is they’re selling.
And actually am I asking too much for somebody to want to love what they’re selling of mine? Is that too much or at least believe in it?
So talk to us about how we find these people. Your rings of recruitment. Yeah, for sure.
So it is definitely not too much, I would say. So there are four qualities of an amazing partner and first and foremost,
their values need to be aligned with your values. Like you need to want to be aligned with them as a human,
as a brand, like in the world. I too often see like when people first started thinking about like,
okay, who can promote my offer? The first thing they go to is how big is their audience?
That’s like the first thing I think about or you know, what can they do for me? How much money can we make it together?
Now a proper partner program can make a crap ton of money and you can’t want to make money together.
Like that is a huge benefit of it. And at the same time, if the values aren’t aligned,
you’re going to burn relationships so quickly you’re going to get the wrong people on board. I actually had a client who,
it wasn’t even like their values were totally unaligned or anything, but she refer to her community in a specific way,
had a very religious partner come on board and send his people to her program and they were really offended by how she referred to her whole.
So it was just such a mismatch for her. So anyway, first of all, make sure that when you’re writing down your list of potential partners that your values are aligned.
Oh, the second thing that the partner has is they know you and they know that your program gets great results.
So exactly what you said. They love you and they love your program and they know that it’s doing amazing things in the world.
And then they also have an audience that can be served by your program. They’re not just like knocking on doors down the street.
They already have a relationship with people that can be served through your offer. I love that. It’s so true.
Right? Okay. Yes. Not, not just anybody. The right people. Exactly. So those are the four qualities and then the rings,
I’m recruitment. So the intermodal string are people that already have all of these qualities. So they know you,
they trust you, they know your product gets free results. They know that they have people there, honestly,
probably already referring people to you. Even if you don’t have a formal referral program in place, they’ve maybe sent you a couple of people or they’ve asked you about a partner program.
Like they are just right for the pickup. They’re excited. They’re willing to shout it out from the rooftops.
So they’re probably current students, former students, current clients for our clients, really close colleagues and friends and that is always where you should start again.
People start thinking about, Ooh, partnerships. That’s really cool. I need to recruit somebody that has a list of 300,000 people.
No you don’t. I’ve seen with our friends, we met some of the top partners on earlier board or people with smaller audiences that will go all in and get on those calls just like you mentioned.
Absolutely. Yeah, a hundred percent so that’s the, that’s the first ring and us. Those are the people I’ve write down first on your list or as you think of them,
but market one or something. The next phase of people is they know you but they need to know you better or they need to know.
They need you to just learn a little bit more about your product that you’re going to be having as part of your partner program.
When I say product, I mean it could be service, it could be physical product, it could be any kind of a product.
This works across industries and potentially these people are former students of a different product or service or their colleagues that you have a relationship with.
But you know, you wouldn’t consider them like super close. They’re not already knocking on your door asking you to partner with you,
but you have some sort of a relationship with. And I’ll talk about what to do with those people in a moment.
And then the next layer of people, and there are a couple more layers in between there, but the next layer of people are,
again, they already are aligned with your values. You know that you would want to quote unquote be seen with them in public because that’s what a partnership is and they just don’t really know you yet.
And this could be specific people like it could be names that you’re like, Oh, this person is on my dream list.
Or it could also be categories of people. So let’s say that you are a chiropractor. This is like a very broad example.
But like if you’re a chiropractor and you think who else is serving my audience? You know, maybe you write down like acupuncturists,
Wisconsin. Absolutely. Personal trainers. Massage therapists. A nutritionist. Okay, got it. Yeah, exactly.
So that would be like the categories of people. So let’s talk about what you’re actually going to do with those people.
So in that first, in our own string, your very first step is to create what I call a partner promo page.
So on this page you’re going to want to have information about your program. You’re going to want to have information about your commission structure.
So what percentage are you offering? It’s like a sales page before your partner program. Like why do you believe that they have an audience that could be served through this?
What’s in it for them? What’s in it for their audience? And you’re going to invite them. And honestly,
I would keep it simple. So when you ask me like what is your, what’s your pitch tumble it be a human.
It’s scary. It’s scary to go out there. And I do have templates, I do. And at the same time,
the more that you can genuinely come from a place of like this is a win win. And let’s partner together,
the better you’re going to do there. I love that. So just really you’re just saying, just create a page that says this is what I do,
this is why I’ve invited you. This is why I think that you would be a special partner and why I think this would be really helpful to your audience.
So super authentic and then of course talk about the numbers as well. Exactly, exactly. And we often will break things down into,
I mean there’s a lot of different frameworks for this, but there’s like the gems test or there’s the disc method,
but you know, it’s like what’s going to be fun in it for them? What are the specific details?
What are the numbers? Who else has promoted? Like what are your testimonials? Like, Oh you know,
what impact are they going to make? So all the different kinds of ways that everybody’s going to benefit is what we love to put on that page.
And again, I want to be clear, you’re only sending us out and you’re only inviting that inner ring.
You know, maybe some of ring too that just needed like a little bit more information potentially to get on board and and to figure out why this is going to serve their audience or how so the next ring of people that you already know but need a little bit more information,
like you’re not going to just go in for the kill obviously, but you’re not going to go ask them to marry you right now.
Maybe you’ve been on a couple of dates, but like you could go on a few more before you really popped the question and so for those people,
you’re probably friends with them on Facebook, stalk them a little bit. What are they into right now?
What do they, what are they passionate about? What projects do they have going on? How can you support them first with the caveat,
huge caveat, never expecting that it’s going to immediately turn around and they’re going to partner with you. I truly believe that if you do that,
like if you wrote down a list of 20 people and you’re like, I’m going to support the heck out of these people,
those 20 might not even become your partners, but you will get 20 partners on board that is going to come back around.
Maybe they’re going to refer a partner to you. Does that make sense? So it’s just like that visibility and being seen as that helpful person before making that.
So you’re going to essentially what it is is you’re moving people into the inner rooms. Got it, got it.
By serving them and supporting them totally makes sense by connecting with them, serving them, wondering what they’re up to,
wondering how you can support them as well in actually being honest about why you’re reaching out, but in a way of giving first.
I totally love that. Okay. It makes sense. Exactly. And then for the outer ring, so those categories of people,
obviously we’re in an interesting time at this recording in the world and the events, you know, live events aren’t happening,
but there are lots of online events, there are groups. So for those categories of people like just start to meet people in them.
Again, not thinking like, Oh, I need to go send them my partner page the day after we meet.
But the more people you meet in there, the more synergies are going to happen. The more people that are going to just say,
well, YouTube is really cool. Do you have a partner program? Do you have a way that we can refer people to each other?
Yeah. So if you’re looking to to meet and then to serve and then to make the ask and it is a little scary.
And I know from personal experience having just that for myself, actually, I’ve been on all angles of a partner program now and it’s scary,
but it’s so worth it. Oh, I love that. Thank you so much for breaking that out so clearly for us.
You know, so people who are listening, if you guys are listening right now and you have a service that you’ve gotten people results with before you’ve created your system,
you have a course or a membership community or a consulting package or an event, or it could just be an ongoing service that you offer within your business.
I really think that this is an important way to grow your audience because one of the things, the reality is,
one of the things that we know is that especially businesses in the first two to three years as they emerge on social media,
they aren’t getting the same traction that businesses that launch for example on Instagram had, you know, six years ago,
they aren’t getting to 10,000 plus followers right away unless they’re buying fake followers. You know, it’s, this is a process.
It’s a, it’s a longterm process and I will tell you the very best way to grow your business longterm is to have people come alongside you who believe in you,
who know what you’re doing and that are going to kind of stand shoulder to shoulder and say, yeah,
this person right here, they have something great that you’re going to love. And Laura is the expert at helping you do that.
I’ve personally seen this in the programs that Laura has spearheaded for entrepreneurs. I’ve personally seen the growth but not only the growth,
not only the financial benefits, and there are many, but you’re up to $12 million that you’ve seen through the process of,
of your work. But we’re talking about friendships. I mean, I will say some of the best friendships,
some of the best business friendships I’ve made are by attending events that Laura organized, bringing together like-minded partners and these women have become some of my best business friends.
So it’s super cool on so many levels to actually develop this type of a program in your business. And it’s something that I highly,
highly, highly recommend. And so Laura, you mentioned you’re just now doing this for yourself and this is what I really want you to be able to share for people.
You know, people are saying, Hey, how do I get involved in something like this? How do I start?
I have no a partner page like affiliate commissions. They’re completely lost on the process of this and you have just created an amazing program that we are excited to be affiliate partners with called rock your affiliate program.
I am so excited about it. My team is super excited about it. Kelly, myself, she’s like,
Oh, you don’t do this. It is so much fun because again, it’s like this circle of awesome business people supporting each other through,
you know, supporting you for rock your affiliate program. So talk to us about what is this program that you are developing that you have developed and it’s not just developed.
This is the same system you’ve used for people like Amy Porterfield, Selena, Sue, and Todd Herman to have them just skyrocket.
Exactly. Yes. Thank you so much. It has been so, so much fun. I actually did the beta in 2019 with Amy Porterfield’s partnerships manager.
She hired somebody full time after I kicked, started the program and I got to train her with this.
And then since then we’ve uh, you know, had a number of students go through it and be able to refine it.
So it’s just so much fun to do. And in rock your affiliate program, we create the core of the partner program.
They words, and you might not know these Lumbee, you’re gonna know what they mean. But we’ve created the tech and the asset.
So we’re creating a legacy partner program so it’s not just one and done. It’s something that you can reuse time and time again and continue to add to turn on the tap of your referral engine.
I just met mixed metaphors there, but you can turn on the tap of referral leads and sales when you want them.
So we create that. And then we spent a lot of time where it really matters, which is the people.
So I have a four phase system that just circles around the core of your partner program. Anytime you want sales or leads to come in the door.
So first we focus on attraction, which we talked a lot about today, which is the recruitment piece.
So actually attracting partners to you instead of like going out and knocking on doors, which a lot of people try to do.
I get pitches all the time that are cold pitches and I’m like, delete, delete, delete, attraction.
I have templates for everything I just talked about. So how to do campaigns in recruitment, how to create your partner,
promo page, all of that. Then we focus on activating your partners so that they want to or not that they want to,
that they know how to promote your products like it’s their own and get on board. We talk about amplifying their sales,
so exactly what to say and when to communicate the value to cheer them on to do all that stuff.
That’s like my favorite part of the launch is like actually in the launch or in the promotion period going into appreciation so it’s attract,
activate, amplify. Appreciate which leads to partners to come back time and time again. So it’s every template that I’ve created for clients is in rock your affiliate program.
We also have strategy sessions and the community, I mean you touched on this. Yes, the money is great.
Yes, the visibility’s great. All of that’s wonderful when you’re a partner and it always comes back to the relationships and the people in the community and rock your affiliate program have supported each other.
They become clients of each other and promote each other and just blown away by the community. Yeah, the community is amazing.
All right, so I will say we as a company, we are participating in in rock your affiliate program,
but we’re not only doing this, I mean I’ve seen your work. It’s amazing. We are applying the strategies to continue to grow the Sweetlife company,
our business and my other company, I own baby planner inc and these are just amazing strategies and I will tell you it’s like I think that for,
we’ve been in business now 15 years, I think for the last 15 years. We’ve used kind of some of these strategies here and some of them there,
and I think a lot of people have, as you’re going through, you’re saying, okay, well I’ve done a little bit of this,
but it’s never really been as organized. It’s never really been packaged that well because I’m not an expert at putting together all the pieces and that’s why we as a company really trusts you.
So we are with you a hundred percent a rock, your affiliate program and it’s actually open. We recorded this podcast very timely.
I wish we could have done a bit earlier, but due to coronavirus and all three of my boys being home on zoom and so many things crashing multiple times,
this is where we are right now. I’m so grateful that you’re here. So for people listening to this show that want to be part of this program,
they’re like, yes, this is it. I haven’t really taken off yet. So this is what I want to say.
If you are new to business, but you’re very good at what you do, you’ve developed your program,
your offer, your service, or you’re in the process of doing that and you haven’t really taken off yet.
You’re struggling to get an audience. I would say this is something that I really want you to look into.
And of course if you’re an established, like one of our established group of clients that we serve a lot of business owners that are just trying to scale online,
which means they’re trying to grow their business, they’re trying to increase their sales online. They aren’t exactly sure how to do that.
This is an amazing opportunity that I fully and behind and that, like I said, we’re not only behind it,
we, our sleeves are rolled up deep in this with you this month and we’re excited to partner with you in this.
So how do people get into rock your affiliate program? When does this actually kick off? Because it is timely based on where we are right now,
what date we’re in. Yeah, actually. So when people register, they will get access to the first couple of modules right away to just dive on in.
But the group kicks off on Monday, May 25th, uh, people can register up until midnight Eastern on Thursday,
May 21st and because we are partnered together in this, you can go to Laura sprinkle.com forward slash April and use April specifically.
Cause that’s how we track everything. Yeah. And we’re really excited. And so most of you guys listen to this show.
So my Ninja skill is helping you actually develop your programs, helping you develop your intellectual property, helping you turn your thoughts into reality and create a strategic system or offer or membership or course.
And so we’re super excited because when people join your rock, your affiliate program, they’re also getting access to my,
your signature offer program, which is all thousands of dollars in value. And so because that’s what it is,
I know a lot of people want to be a part of your affiliate program, but they might not actually have the program yet nailed.
And that’s where our Ninja skills come in. So this is a perfect example. You guys have just how partnerships work really well together because what Laura does is such like a glove fit for us and what we help our clients do.
So we were super excited when we made that decision. We’re like, yes, okay, this fits perfectly.
We’re going to give away this your signature offer, a masterclass that we teach to everybody who joins Laura’s program.
So if you’re worried that you don’t have a program yet, we’ve got you covered. So we’re excited about that.
Okay. Again, so tell people where to go. Register again, we’re going to be in there with you.
Laura is going to be in there with you and we are looking at the last day to register is the night of May 21st so if you’re in Australia,
the last day to register is May 20th free for you or no? That would be, yeah, no,
it’d be may 22nd of May, 22nd for our Australian clients and friends. Okay. So that link again is uh,
Laura sprinkle.com forward slash April. Yay that your signature offer. I love that. So, so much.
I really do believe that partnerships are the way to scale or get started much quicker than a lot of people are teaching.
Yeah, yeah. We like really good fast mindful relationship building shortcuts to kids. Multiple six to seven figures.
That’s what we’re into here. All right. Thank you so much for being a guest on this show and you guys,
this is episode number one 75 so everything we talked about a summary of this where to find Laura across social media,
fun pictures of me and Laura the last time we were together in San Diego and of course the link where you can register for this program will be all found in the show notes.
I also want to say, if you are wondering if this program is for you, I or one of my team members will jump on the phone with you and chat about it first.
So if you’re like, ah, I’m not really sure, then they’ll also be linked to jump on a call with us so we can chat with you more about this and really make sure it’s a right fit,
because we don’t want you to dive in into something that maybe isn’t a good fit for you. So all the show notes can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one seven five Laura,
thank you so much. Thank you.

Episode 174: How To Launch Your Online Consulting Business In 10 Days – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join THE SHIFT 2020 and grow your business online now 
Join our free Facebook Community

Who This Episode is Great For:

You’re thinking about leaving your job or your company has laid you off. You’re not alone. Many entrepreneurs are thinking that now is the perfect time to launch their own business. But, you want to do it quickly to replace your income, and you need to do it right. 
 
This podcast is for you!

Summary:

It’s time to launch your consulting or coaching business but you need to move quickly. You have no time to waste but you also need to establish a reputable brand and high-level marketing. This show breaks out the steps to launch your consulting practice in 10 days so that you’ll enter the market in the lead, start making money faster, and lay a strong foundation for future growth. 
 
If you’re very good at what you do, and it’s time to do it for your own company, and not your employer, this is the show that gets you launched fast.

Highlights:

  1. Choose your consulting niche 
  2. Show up with a reputation that demands your fees 
  3. Launch a high caliber website fast 
  4. Breaks down exactly what to do each day for 10 days

Resources Mentioned:


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

You’re listening to the suede life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator, a probate. Hey there and welcome to the sweet life entrepreneur and business podcast, episode number 174 I’m April beach, your host, and I teach entrepreneurs and small businesses how to launch and scale online. This is another podcast delivering new step-by-step business coaching that you can apply right now in your business. We love to give you proven strategies that you can take to the bank.
In fact, many of the strategies we deliver on the show, other coaches charge thousands of dollars for, so we’re just continuing to pour into you to help you grow your business online. Thanks so much for joining me. In order to access all the show notes that are going to be available to you and the bonuses and everything else. If you’re on the go and you can’t take notes, you can cruise over to sweet life, podcast.com forward slash one 74 and find the notes of everything that we’re chatting about here on today’s show.
Today’s show is for those of you guys that are just thinking about launching your own consulting practice. So you might find yourself in a place where you’re worried your company is going to lay you off or maybe your company has laid you off. I know that the economy is tough right now on corporations and we actually have a lot of friends who have been laid off recently. And the blessing in disguise for these friends is they were already thinking about launching their own business. And so this is just the ship guiding them in a new direction maybe a little bit before they had planned on it.
But nevertheless, they’re excited about the opportunities ahead of them. And so this really prompted me to make sure that you, if you find yourself in that situation, have reliable, trustworthy steps to launch your consulting practice. And then on top of it, I’m going to teach you how to do it in 10 days here on this show. So if you find yourself where you’re ready to launch your own consulting business, you are not alone. And this show is going to give you the exact steps. And I’m going to show you how to do it faster.
So if you’re ready for that, let’s go ahead and dive in.<inaudible> so if you’re thinking about starting your own consulting practice, the number one thing I want to say first is you need to start your business and something that you’re very good at already. This is not the time to be launching a company and actually learning a new skill. If you’re launching a consulting practice, I highly recommend that you are skilled in the area in which you’re consulting. I know that might sound like common sense, but you’d be surprised at how many consultants launch businesses and they have absolutely no clue whether they’re consulting or coaching on.
And I want make sure that’s not you. So as you’re thinking about it and you’re thinking about your skillset and what you’re really good at, this is where we kind of run into problems. It might be hard for you to realize that other people value possibly your knowledge or the job that you’ve been doing for a really long time. Not because it’s not valuable, but because you’re so close to it. It’s second hand nature to you. What you do. Sometimes it’s hard to see that other companies and other people don’t know how to do the things that are very easy to you.
So the first thing I want to encourage you to do is really look at the duties and the skills that you have been providing for your employer skills. That may seem very simple to you that you’ve been providing, you’ve been doing in your work, whether it’s just research skills or standard operating procedures, maybe creating standard operating procedures, maybe you’ve been helping communicate content or information to clients, or perhaps your job was just to manage communications with clients. Those skills are absolutely the ones that you can start a consulting practice around.
So the things that you might take for granted that you think every company knows, you’d be shocked about the number of small businesses and midsize businesses that need to have their staff learn how to do those things, or entrepreneurs and small business owners need to know how to do those things on their own. So the very first thing I recommend is to choose your consulting niche. So what do you know how to do right now? Again, don’t take for granted the things that seem super simple to you. What do you do on a daily basis?
What are activities that you have done again and again that just seemed like the back of your hand. I guarantee you those systems and processes you can consult and you can teach another business or an entrepreneur and they have absolutely no idea. So the first step is to choose your consulting niche. Don’t look over the easy things, and I want you to make a list after you’ve identified what you do on a regular basis,
what you’re really good at. I want you to make a list of three different markets that need to know how to do those skills right now.
Three different types of businesses that could benefit from understanding how to do the skills that you do every single day.
So first you’re going to identify your skillset and then you’re going to list three different markets that could benefit from understanding either the owner of those businesses understanding themselves or training their staff on how to do those,
how to perform those skills. And here’s a tip. They’re usually smaller businesses, small to midsize businesses that can benefit from the skillset that larger corporations have had the opportunity of having you provide for them.
A lot of small to midsize businesses do this all on their own, and they could really benefit from your niche training,
your very specific training coming in, consulting them on how to do that so that they can continue to provide these services themselves.
So step number one is to choose your consulting niche and to list three different types of businesses or markets that could benefit from understanding how to do those skills right now,
step number two is showing up with a reputation that demands your fees. And I know that might seem tough at first and you’re probably thinking,
okay, April, this is a new business. I’ve never actually consulted professionally in this before. What can I charge?
And shouldn’t I kind of start by lowballing it? Well, here’s the deal. If you have done an incredible job at what you’ve been doing for your corporation and you’re either ready to quit your job or they’ve laid you off and it’s time to start your own consulting practice providing these services,
I guarantee you that there are people that you have worked with in the past that can testify to how great you were at doing this,
whether they’re clients or whether they’re colleagues. And so I want you to show up with your new consulting business,
with a reputation that you have earned from years and hundreds of hours providing amazing step-by-steps to this particular niche and service.
And here is how you do it. I want you to gather testimonies, gather testimonials from colleagues, gather testimonies from other clients.
Gather together in mine statements. Mine like, M. I. N. E. Dig for them statements of what other people have said about you performing this job.
We want to establish a track record of you being very good at that. Even if you weren’t consulting on it,
even if you were just providing the service, you want to collect data, the number of companies or other businesses or clients that you’ve served,
the number of accounts you possibly have managed, the number of different people you’ve worked with, whatever that looks like.
I want you to mind the data that proves that you have been doing this already for probably a very long period of time and I want you to ask your colleagues in a way to ask different companies you’ve worked with that you’re allowed to be in contact with to provide a statement about you providing those services.
The next thing I recommend that you do is you create stories of case studies that you have helped process through this area of expertise.
So in most cases you aren’t allowed to share specific names of different businesses or clients because of confidentiality. That’s okay.
You can share stories of different case studies in which you’ve brought different companies results or you have solved a problem in your area of expertise in your job.
So you’re going to do two things. You’re going to gather the information, gather the numbers of all of the hours and the work that you’ve provided,
whatever numbers you can gather, you’re going to gather testimonies from people you’ve worked with. So three things.
And you’re going to outline stories and case studies of you providing this service and the injuries adult to that client.
And then the third step you’re going to do is you’re going to launch a high caliber website fast. Okay?
So when I’m talking about a high caliber website, we have websites that look amazing and then you know you’ve seen them before.
There are websites that look like shit, right? We don’t want you doing that. You need to be launching out the gate.
So it looks like your brand demands the fees that your experienced demands. And the way to do that is not to get in over your head with technology,
but to do it super simple. So I want you to launch a home page on your website that clearly States who you are,
who you serve, and the problem you solve. If you can nail being able to communicate those three things on the first part of your website,
it’s called the top of the fold. It’s before anybody has to scroll down who you are, who you serve,
and the problem you solve. Then you have nailed the content of what needs to be in a high caliber website.
Now let’s talk about the branding of that website real quick. If you can incorporate video into your website,
there are many places where you can grab stock video, you can licensed the stock video and actually insert it into your website.
And I will go ahead and put some links to resources here in the show notes for you. You want to show video of what your clients can relate to.
So if you have a video in the background of your website, have it be what your clients are doing in their daily basis on a daily basis.
Have clients be able to see themselves in either the video or the photography that you place on your website.
So immediately they go to your website, they read who you are, who you serve in the problem you solve.
And in the background they see a video of what looks like them. You have taken all of the brainwork away and you have clearly served up what you do and who you help on a silver platter in such an easy way that they don’t even have to think about it.
Because if you build a website that makes them think, Hmm, should I call this person? Do I need this person?
You’ve lost that client. So very simple way to do it as launching a high caliber website with who you serve,
what problem you solve, and who you are on the top of it in. The best way to do it is video.
Video speaks volumes. If you don’t want to do video, then go ahead and choose photography that also shares a story.
Your picture should tell a story on your website and your perfect clients that you want to help, should be able to see themselves in the pictures on your website.
And then the third step to your website is making it really easy to contact you. So you want to include either an online calendar that you can integrate into your website.
And a contact form is, well, even if you don’t have your packages up, even if you aren’t really sure that the rate that you’re going to charge,
this is how you launch a very high caliber, beautiful website right away that demands attention and speaks directly to your clients.
So let’s just quickly recap those steps of what exactly does it you’re doing and then I’m going to dive in and give you the actual 10 day layout of what to do on what days.
So the high level projects that you’re going to complete our number one choosing your consulting niche. So exactly what you do remember,
don’t look over anything that might seem easy to you because I promise you other companies and businesses don’t know how to do that.
Number two, showing up with a reputation that demands your fees. And you do this by getting statements and testimonies by cataloging the numbers and the data of the work that you’ve done and accomplished and by gathering stories of situations that you’ve helped other companies with,
even if you can’t share those company’s names. And then number three is launching a high caliber website fast saying who you are,
who you serve, and the problem you solve, including video and including a schedule that people can contact you directly.
Even if that website only as one page, it’s just a one page website that is great to launch with.
You don’t need anything more than that to get your business off the ground fast. Okay, so now let’s like break it up and let’s talk about time.
So in days one through three you should be focusing on choosing your niche and making an outline of how you’re going to deliver your clients results.
So you’re going to choose what area of consulting you want to start out helping other businesses or other people or entrepreneurs sweat.
And then I want you to sit down and I want you to outline the steps in which you will teach them the steps to give them results.
This is super important and frankly, most businesses miss this and they turn out to not be great consultants.
You need to outline the pathway in which you will consult and that you will teach people. Now every single business is different.
And as a consultant, you’re going to need to modify your consulting, your coaching based on every single business,
but you have to have a framework by which to go back to, to make sure that you as the consultant are doing your due diligence to assure that every one of your customers,
every one of your clients has at least checked off the benchmarks that need to be in your area of expertise to get success.
So in days one through three, you’re going to choose your niche and you’re going to make an outline of how you will deliver your clients results.
Day number four is your day to email your friends, get testimonies, outline your stories, gather the data.
Think about all of the clients you’ve served in the past. Sit there, compile the numbers, compile the data,
compile the social proof as what we call it. It’s proof that you can share socially, that you are in fact good at what you do and you’ve been doing it for probably a very long time and on days number five through eight you’re going to work on your website and your social media.
Now, I don’t always just recommend one website platform, but on this particular podcast I’m just going to tell you where the direction that I would send you if I were you.
If you don’t have a big budget, you don’t have a website design team, I would just go build a website.
In Squarespace. Squarespace is an inexpensive website where you can choose from a template. They might even have some built in templates that work perfectly that come with stock photography that could be perfect for your ideal client.
It’s a relatively easy site to build. You have control over it and they look beautiful. Not only that,
they’re mobile friendly and most people are viewing websites on mobile now. So it’s really important that you have a mobile friendly website.
So my recommendation in this case, if this is you, you’re listening to your this podcast, you want to launch this consulting practice,
you want to get it off the ground right away. In 10 days, I would just go and work on a Squarespace website and get that off the ground.
You always can grow into another website in the future. If you choose to launch online courses or if you choose to offer a membership community,
your digital products and downloads, some of those things Squarespace can can hold for you and can allow you to deliver those,
but as your company grows, you’ll want to grow into a more customized site. For now, it’s perfect.
It looks great. It’s going to look amazing. You’re going to put your brand out there. That’s a direction I’ll send you in and I will make sure I put a link to Squarespace inside our show notes.
We have no affiliate relationship with Squarespace. I don’t get any money for sending you there. I’m just telling you,
I think it’s a blast place for you to go and I want you to be successful. Okay, so five days,
five through eight, you’re going to launch your website, give yourself three full days to work on it.
Believe me, you’re going to stare at stock photography longer than you should in everybody does. It’s also going to take you a little bit of time to figure out what it is you’re saying on your website,
but just remember these three things, who you are, who you serve and the problem you solve. If you can clarify those three things on your one homepage that you build,
you’re good to go and launch your business. The other thing you’re going to do in days five through eight is you’re going to launch your social in most cases.
Now I’m not coaching you privately so I can’t give any other recommendations. Then one sided recommendations here. So I will say in most cases you should probably for sure be on LinkedIn.
So LinkedIn is a great place for high level quality consultants looking for clients. So I would definitely recommend that you build out a LinkedIn business page and if you haven’t updated your LinkedIn profile on a long time,
make sure you’re spending some time there. So this is days five through eight again, your website and at least LinkedIn,
and then on days nine and 10 okay, the hard work’s done. You’ve decided your consulting niche, you’ve gathered testimonies,
you can share some of those testimonials on your website, you can share them on LinkedIn. You’ve launched your website,
you’ve written the content to your site, and it looks fantastic because it’s a site that’s built to look fantastic in a very easy and cheap way and you’re present on social media.
So now we’re today’s nine and 10 this is when you reach out to your friends and you tell them what they’re,
what you’re doing. I would not personally reach out to anybody until you’ve completed the website and decided what specifically you’re consulting on.
We want your friends to be wowed by what you’re doing so much that they want to say, Hey,
I want to send Joe or I want to send Cindy over to your company right now. This is awesome.
I’m so excited for you, so reach out to your friends after you have your presence established. You also would this point in time of day days nine to 10 you want to share these case studies.
You want to share the data of what you’ve done. Where do you share this? You share this across social media.
You share this with people that you know you at this point in time are going to reach out to friends and other companies and start showing up,
sharing what you do and the problem that you solve and making yourself visible and making yourself available. It’s quite interesting actually the number of businesses that go through all of this work and then when it’s time to sell,
they just don’t really sell it. Okay to sell what you’re doing because you know that you are selling consulting that’s going to get other people results because you’ve taken the time in days one through three to outline how you’ll get people results through your consulting.
People need what you know how to do. I promise you. So again, don’t take for granted the fact that things may be easy to you if you’re interested in launching your consulting practice,
now is a great time to do it. We have so many different companies laying off amazing experts in so many new businesses launching right now.
It’s a perfect time for you to nail that hyper specific result that you deliver to businesses. Get out there and help people get results.
So that is today’s show. I have loved delivering this to you. It gets me super excited to give you the tools and strategies.
Again, we talked about the high level things that you need to be doing to launch your consulting practice and then I broke it up for you with the exact tasks you should be doing each day and you can have your consulting practice up in 10 days.
Is there more work that you’re going to want to do in your business, of course, but let’s do the work that really matters to get you off the ground.
First, thank you so much for listening to this show. I hope you found this information super beneficial.
I will make sure that all of the show notes have the links to the different resources that I shared here,
including Squarespace, including where you can find a great stock photography and other resources I think would be helpful for you to get your consulting business off the ground.
If you haven’t yet, and you are a new listener to our show, please cruise over to Apple podcasts and leave us a review.
We would love that. I’d love to hear your feedback, how this has helped you and I would certainly love you sharing this podcast with your friends.
Thanks so much for tuning in here with me today. All the show notes can be found by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com forward slash one seven four have a great one.
Talk to you guys soon.

Episode 173: Easy Steps To Create Videos For Your Course, Webinar or Training

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Join THE SHIFT 2020: 
  1. Text “shift” to the number 31996
  2. Send us a DM here to get more info
  3. Or Email april@sweetlifeco.com to learn more
  4. Join our free Facebook Community www.sweetlifecommunity.com

Who This Episode is Great For:

This show is for those struggling with how to create instructional videos to share, including simple steps like where to record and what should you share? 
 
Especially for businesses or entrepreneurs going from offline to online, and launching your first online course or webinar 

Summary:

This podcast teaches you how to create videos, step by step,  for your online course, content to drip to your membership website, or to teach on live webinars or live streams. With a tech guide and checklist to get your videos up fast.
 
You want to create videos to share with your clients, but when you sit down to actually start… you’re lost on the steps. If technology seems hard, you’re not alone. In a world of online everything, the overabundance of options doesn’t help. In fact,  too many choices can stall your business completely. 

Highlights:

  1. Choose between the 3 types of content you want to share
  2. Present your content in the right way for your audience
  3. Gives you the exact steps to record and process your videos fast

Resources Mentioned:


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

You’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast, simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business mental and entrepreneur activator a probate. Welcome to the beach house on a busy Monday, the night here in Boulder, Colorado as a record, this episode for you number one 73 real time because all of our podcast episodes have been recorded week by week for you to make sure we’re giving you the exact content you need in this very strange, ever-changing business economy. Welcome to the show.
I’m April beach and I am joined by my three teenage boys and my husband on the other side of the wall having dinner. The windows to my office are open because it is a gorgeous Colorado evening and so I hope that you can bear with me if there’s a little bit of background noise and I totally know that you understand right now. Today’s show is all about helping you create videos so that you can launch your online content faster. Now, the last couple of episodes we’ve been pouring into you on how to update and change your messaging,
how to make sure your mindset is right so you keep the cash flowing into your business. And today we’re really honing into how to create video content so you can release online offers that keep your clients pain. So this particular episode is perfect for those of you who are established business owners or you’re brand new, you’re literally just launching a brand new company. You know, there’s no time better than the present. The only place you can go is up from here. And so I encourage you to dive in and you’re struggling with actually how to create your instructional videos,
including simple steps like where to record them, where to share them, and actually what type of content that you want to share. So this particular episode is going to be give you the three types of content that you can choose from to share. You at the end of this episode are gonna know exactly how you want to present this content and you’re going to have the exact steps to record and process your videos really fast. So all of the show notes and everything we’re talking about, all of the resources,
the technical resources can be found on our podcast website by visiting Sweetlife podcast.com board slash one 73 so let’s go ahead and dive into today’s show.<inaudible>. Okay. As we dive in, the first thing you need to decide is what type of content are you creating? So there’s three common types of video content that you would create for an online course or for a webinar. The first one is actual video only, so that’s your face on the camera, just talking to people about what it is, just like you’re teaching or speaking on stage,
but it’s actually virtual. And so that is content type number one content type two is actually creating a PowerPoint presentation and a recording of voiceover to your PowerPoint presentation and talking them through the instruction. And then the third type of content that you can choose to share is actually a combination. This could be a little bit of your face on the video and then you can flash over to maybe a white board or something interactive that you want to share. Possibly you can show some photographs or you could show your PowerPoint presentation,
so the very first step is actually choosing what type of content is best for you to share and what type of content your audience wants. Again, video only with your pretty face right there, chatting with them. Number two, PowerPoint with your voiceover or number three, a combination. Okay. Now let’s talk about the reality and the pros and cons of each. First of all, if you’re going to record video only with just your face talking almost on the spot, then you have to be really good at on the spot.
You have to be really good at what you do. This is usually an ideal delivery. For those of you who are already experts in your field, you’re already comfortable teaching online. Maybe you’ve spoken on stages before and you’re basically really good at on the fly. You’re also funny,
a little entertaining and you aren’t terrible at going off on tangents, but you utilize these little kind of squirrel moments to keep your audience engaged.
That is a perfect scenario for you to actually speak on the camera. You need to be able to keep people engaged just when you’re talking to them,
especially when they can’t talk back cause we’re talking about creating prerecorded content. All right, so now let’s talk about the pros and cons of option number two.
This is creating a PowerPoint presentation, so PowerPoint presentations are really amazing if you have a lot of data,
if you have a lot of step-by-step or if you have a lot of graphs or content that you want people to share,
PowerPoints are a great way to deliver a lot of structured information that people that are visual learners actually take action on better.
The downfall of a PowerPoint presentation rather than just coming out and recording your video training is that it takes at least three times longer to create that because you actually have to outline the structure of your PowerPoint slides.
You have to design the slides and you have to then take the time to record over them so it is going to take you longer,
but it’s a great option for those of you that aren’t super comfortable on camera yet and you want the actual content to help guide you through your teaching so that you stay on track and you also want to help those in your audience that are visual learners and really love seeing that you know step by step.
Now we’re going to give you tons of tech quick start guides at the end of this and in the show notes,
but I’m going to tell you right now the fastest way to create amazing PowerPoint slides is through Canva. You know,
we’ve gone through Microsoft PowerPoint presentation, we’ve done keynote, we’ve been around the block on all of those and we are really pleased at recommending that people use Canva now because you can actually create canvas slides that are already done for you.
It just plug in your content. They look amazing. All right, they look absolutely amazing and you can actually present them as a Microsoft PowerPoint presentation now.
So that’s my quick little tech nugget in here, but I’ll be also giving you all of the tech tips at the end of this episode in our show notes.
And then the pros and cons of the third option. Remember that third option was kind of a combination.
This is actually my favorite way for businesses to present content. Number one. It gives them an opportunity to really see you face to face authentically.
So this is one where we combine a little bit of you face to face, a little bit of a white board strategy session and a little bit of an example,
whether you’re showing a case study or a photograph online and using it as an example for your participants. For the people that you’re teaching.
It’s a great way to keep people engaged, to keep the content interactive and to continue to meet the needs of your students with all varieties of learning abilities,
whether it’s audio or whether it’s visual or whether people want to have that interactive content. It might take you a little bit longer to create this because of the variety,
but it’s usually the GoTo way for new businesses that are trying to make an impact, trying to connect with your audience more authentically,
trying to give amazing content and teach amazing content that people can immediately take action on. So those are just a few of the pros and cons about that.
Now let’s go ahead based on whichever one you chose. Again, video only PowerPoint presentation or a combination.
Let’s go ahead and I want to actually give you the steps to create your videos and get them online.
This might seem super elementary to a lot of people, but you would be blown away by the number of emails and the number of people that actually reach out to me and say,
okay bro, I’m ready, but how do I actually record the video? Where do I do it?
Well, you know, what does this look like? Give me the steps. And so that’s what we’re doing on today’s show.
Okay? So step number one is choose how you will deliver your content. So you’re going to make that choice between video only PowerPoint or a combination.
And then what we’re diving into here is we’re talking about prerecorded content. You also can of course deliver this on live streams.
But I want to dive in really specifically to those of you who are creating courses or creating a membership community.
So step number two means that you will actually create any sort of downloads a go along with it. You’re going to create any sort of slides,
graphics, any photography that you want to share with it. So you’re going to gather all your materials,
you’re going to gather your materials, you’re going to gather your content, and then step number three is you actually lay out,
you outline your teaching. We want to make sure that you have a very clear outline of every single one of your videos so that at the beginning of your video,
it’s super clear that people know what they can expect at the end. Here’s an example of this. It’s not just video.
This podcast. In the beginning of this podcast, I said we’re going to talk about the three different types of content that you can create so you can choose and we’re going to go ahead and give you the step by step to actually record your videos.
You need to be able to say that at the beginning of every single one of your videos so that people know whether or not they want to stay tuned.
That’s a really important key. The way you do that is by outlining your content to make sure you’re delivering predictable transformational results within every single video that you create.
That means people can predict the end result that they will achieve from watching your video. So take the time to actually outline your content and make sure that you are taking people from a start to finish route.
And then step number three after you’ve decided how you’re presenting your material, after you’ve created any slides or you’ve created any worksheets,
is actually going in, setting up the room where you will create the video. Now, depending on your tech setup,
there are a few different ways you can do this. And so I’m going to give you all of them here on this podcast that you are going to need to look at your technical setup and see which one’s best for you.
Number one, if you are recording just simple video, just use your iPhone or your iPad to record your video.
Your iPhone especially now records amazing videos. You don’t need to invest in huge expensive video camera. You can do it really well right now on one of the most recent cellular phones.
Now you do want to have a mic and so you either want to invest in a cordless wireless Mike,
or you can invest in a wired mic with a really long wire so you can clip it to your shirt because your audio and making sure that you are clear is really important.
As a matter of fact, data shows that your audio is more important to viewers than your lighting. So if we had to pick audio or lighting,
if you have to go with one of them first, we’re going to pick audio cause if your audio is crappy,
but you look really great, nobody’s listening to a word that you’re going to say. They’re just thinking about the fact that they can’t hear you.
All right, so we want to make sure your audio is really excellent. So step number one is just creating the video on your phone.
That’s option number one. Option number two is actually creating a zoom account. Whether you use that already or not for your business,
creating a zoom meeting. There’s two different types of zoom accounts. You can have zoom webinar and zoom meeting.
You just need a zoom meeting account and setting up a meeting, recording it all by yourself. You don’t even have to invite anybody else there.
If you have slides, you can share your slides, you can record your audio, you can connect an external microphone so you sound great.
As a matter of fact, zoom has so many different advanced tools now that you can use. You can even improve your parents by the zoom settings,
so actually create your videos by talking to yourself, by teaching them all by yourself in zoom and sharing your screen,
sharing what other content you might want to bring in depending on what is your teaching and how you’ve chosen to deliver your materials.
Option number three is actually hosting your zoom training live, bringing people in there, teaching the training to a group of people,
recording that, and then downloading and using that recording to share with other people in the future. This is how we create live content and we turn it into what’s called evergreen content content that you can sell again and again and again.
So zoom is a really amazing way. You don’t have to have this huge camera setup, just record right there and zoom and it will share a little picture of your face and it will share your screen and what it is that you’re looking at.
It’s a really great way to get started. Other tools that you can use to do this, R E cam live,
we love e-comm live e-com live is a more advanced streaming tool, but ECAN live lets you change the background.
You can set an entire scene, you can share your desktop and there’s so many more things that you could do with Ecamm live.
You can either record it directly by yourself and save that recording to turn into your coarser material. Or you can actually live stream into your Facebook community,
live stream onto YouTube and many other places and still capture the recording to use that recording inside your course.
So those are three very clear how to record steps. Let me go ahead and review them for you again.
Okay. This is for those of you guys that are just getting started to create video content and you are stumped.
So you’ve already chosen what type of content that you want to record, whether it’s a straight video or whether it’s a sharing,
a dashboard or sharing slideshows or a combination. And here are a recap of the steps to actually get that video recorded.
So first things first, choose how you’ll deliver the actual content. Second is create your slides, your worksheets,
any other things that you want to share. Third, you want to make sure that your content is very clearly outlined and then you either record directly into a cell phone or an iPad.
Use an external mic or you number to record directly into zoom, either by yourself or with inviting other people to join and you save that recording from zoom and you utilize that to share with other people in the future.
Or option number three is using E cam live. Ecamm live is by far the most advanced in the best quality video recording that you can do,
but it does require a bit of tech training and we’ll go ahead and share resources to the best YouTube or we know that gives free E cam live business trainings.
We lovey cam live. We’re just actually testing this more and more for our business. We’ve used cam to record our podcasts and Skype forever and this is a,
this is a new advanced tool we’re using to create other types of videos for you guys as well, so hopefully these steps really simplified the process of creating video.
Number one, I want you to walk away with understanding that it doesn’t have to be perfect and it’s not going to be perfect.
I look back on some of the first online courses I created 13 years ago now and of course I wish that I had done things differently.
Of course we have certain audio issues in places and the lighting wasn’t that great, but the reality is is the content was amazing and people loved it and I made a lot of money and that’s what I want for you.
It doesn’t have to be perfect to get started. The other thing that I want to bring up is it,
so many businesses right now are launching online. The consumer now in 2020 is much more forgiving than they ever have before.
We’re hearing actor voiceovers with echo in the background coming on through our TV channel because people aren’t in recording studios right now and we don’t care.
As a matter of fact, there’s a certain sense of the fact that it’s super cool and real and authentic,
so it doesn’t have to be perfect right now and people don’t expect it to be perfect. There’s never been a better time to launch your online course,
to launch her online materials, to bring your content to the world in an online way, and so don’t make perfect the enemy.
Don’t stop in your tracks because you don’t know how to move forward. First, go through, decide how you’re going to share your content and whether or not you need deliverables or visuals to help and then jump in and just start recording.
You can always use video editors like I movie to cut out parts where you don’t really like what you’ve said or to brighten up the background and just really kind of change the lighting in there.
You can always use tools to make it better and better, but the point is to just really get started and start bringing your content online.
This is not just a strategy for right now, although everybody’s using it right now. This is a strategy that my company has been teaching businesses to do for now 15 years.
By bringing your content online, by going from offline to online or being a newly launching online business in scaling so you can serve more people.
The way you do that is creating content that can be shared across the board in video is King people want and they are willing to pay you for it,
especially if you’re creating content that they really want and that your offers are hitting it on the nose as far as what their pain points are right now.
If you’re struggling with that, you want more help creating your offers. Shoot us an email to hello@sweetlifecode.com and we’ll give you the information on joining our next group case study program where we’re working with entrepreneurs to help you build your new online offers that are going to be the bridge for your company right now and to make sure your company is leading in the future.
Again, you can just shoot us an email to hello@sweetlifecode.com and we’ll send you the information on our next group study program that we are launching and all of the show notes from this episode can be found by visiting sweet life podcast.com forward slash one seven three I’m also going to make sure that we include links to the E cam live,
obviously zoom, which is not hard to find nowadays, but I’m also going to put some other links in there for you as well,
including the platforms that we recommend for actually uploading your content and sharing online content, online courses and membership sites.
I’ll make sure that those are there for you in the show notes as well so that you can not only take today’s action steps but you can take them a step further.
Thank you so much for tuning into the show. I love chatting with you guys. Thanks for bearing with us while we record podcast content every single week based on what you need.
Thank you for being patient when my teenage boys are Outback and my dog is barking and I just really appreciate all of your support for this show over the years and all of our expert guests that drop in here to deliver you expert content.
If you have not yet, we would very much love it if you’d cruise over to Apple podcasts and leave us a review.
It would mean a lot. Not only that, we love to feature businesses that review us on Apple podcasts and so pop in there and give us a review and we’d love to give your company a shout out.
Thanks so much for tuning in. You guys hope everyone in your household as well, and everyone you love as well,
and let’s keep growing our businesses together. Talk to you soon. Bye. Bye.

Episode 171: Should You Pivot Your Business Right Now? – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Need faster business growth? Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

Who This Episode is Great For:

This episode is for entrepreneurs and small business who aren’t sure if you need to shift your offers, confused about how/if you should be marketing and who want clear answers as to if you should hold tight or make changes. 

Summary:

This episode is for entrepreneurs and small business owners who aren’t sure if you need to shift your offers, confused about how or if you should be marketing your services online. We cover the 3 greatest dangers to small businesses are facing and thoughtful solutions to overcome each pitfall. This show will help you identify what stage of action your business is in, if it’s time to move, and how to move with intention based on what’s appropriate right now.

Highlights:

  1. Identify your business position grasping on to the current business opportunities
  2. Identify the 3 biggest pitfalls small businesses and entrepreneurs are facing and how to overcome each
  3. Change your mindset to become a leader and build strong relationships

Resources Mentioned:


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

you’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast Simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probe Age Hey, guys! And welcome to episode number 171 On today’s show, we are talking about the shift, also known as your pivot plan. I wanted to dive into this because it’s really timely to be really honest with you. I had been avoiding recording to show strictly on pivoting based on the wave of the economy and the way that our world is.
And this is very strange time that we find ourselves in because a part of me kept waiting to just wake up the next morning and it would be different. And even though I knew in my mind that rationally that was not gonna happen, I kept hoping for it. So I feel like I wish that I had released this to you two or three weeks ago. But here it is now, because it’s really important that we talk about the three dangers that entrepreneurs and small businesses air facing right now and what you can be doing to shift your business to pivot your business.
It’s also really important that we dive into how long is this pivot for and what to do if you feel like you don’t want to pivot. And so that’s the gist of everything we’re talking about on today’s show and you’re gonna leave with very clear strategy is very clear. Questions. To ask yourself to answer your own personal questions is, should I shift and should I pivot my business? How do I know whether or not I need to make changes and how confident I am? I as a business leader to the people that I’m responsible to take care of,
which are your clients and your customers in yourself in your own family? How am I doing right now in this current very strange world that we’re all a part of? And how can I find the opportunities within what’s happening right now to protect and rise up myself on those people around me? Those are all the questions were answering on today’s podcast. If you’re on the go, which you shouldn’t be, by the way, you all should be staying at home. But if you can’t take notes, cruise over to our podcast website,
which has found its sweet life podcast dot com where all the show notes from everything we talk about today and links and resource is I’m gonna be sharing with you in today Show to give you actionable items that you can do right now to make smart decisions for your business. All of those air found over at sweet life podcast dot com. Okay, let’s dive into today as we talk about pivoting as we talk about shifting the biggest danger. Actually, that face is small businesses and entrepreneurs is our mindset, and I’ve been in round tables hand smog herb leadership meetings online.
Now for about I think the first leadership meeting that we actually held was now over a month ago or right around four weeks ago. Seems like 4000 years ago. But I’m still hearing the same questions, and you might be asking these questions and there, you know, what should I be doing right now? Should I be selling? Should I be marketing what I sell? How do I connect with people? What will people think of me if I sell right now? Should I be reducing my prices? And I’m hearing statements like I’m lost,
I’m stuck. I’m afraid I don’t know what to do. We’ve been talking a lot about this in my podcast community. By the way, if you are in this place as a small business as an entrepreneur, you should not be doing this alone. Cruise over to my podcast group. My Facebook group is totally free. You should not be here alone. And so I want to make sure that you’re getting connected with other like minds. Really cool, amazing people that can help you through that. So you could just go to sweet life community dot com and join us in the Facebook community in there.
So little side note Resource number one for you. So let’s dive into this. The mindset problem is that you aren’t really sure what to do. And so you may feel lost or confused about this and not really sure how to take action. There are three types of people three times of business owners that have been identified, two responding in certain ways during this shift that were going through, I learned about this in a leadership meeting. I was really fortunate for really thankful to be in been taught. Hermann was speaking in this meeting,
and he was explaining that there are really three kinds of people and how they’re responding. And these air from CEOs of big, huge companies down to, you know, solo entrepreneurs and freelancers said that first of all, there’s this a type of person who is totally stuck, right, not taking any action at all. They aren’t pivoting. They’re moving, they’re doing anything. It’s almost like if you’re this person, you feel like you’re your feet are stuck in wet cement, this solidifying around you and you can’t take any action at all.
You might feel some depression. You obviously feel anxiety and fear, and you aren’t changing anything in your business or whatever, because you feel completely out of control. You feel like you have no control over anything in, so you are just completely subdued in your space. First of all, if this is you, it’s okay is a matter of fact. The majority of businesses are still in this place. You are not alone.
I understand that. And then there’s this second person, so Category B, I guess we’ll call it.
The second person is this entrepreneur who is willing business owner willing to make moves, willing to pivot, willing to make adjustments.
But there’s no direction. And so there’s zero confidence in that. Like you want to do something you want to move,
you’re looking to move, and maybe you’ve been trying a bunch of little different little things, and nothing is sticking and you’re not really sure what direction to go.
So there’s no clear plan, no confidence, and you’re only doing like the bare minimum. And then there’s the third entrepreneur.
So Group C, which actually makes up at the time that I heard the data of this lesson. 9% of all business owners in this group is the one that is pivoting,
taking action scene opportunities, creating solutions and actually making moves. That’s only 9% of people all right, and even out of those 9%.
Most of them are not sure at all what moves they should be making. They’re just making moves in making big steps because they refuse.
Thio, frankly, be a victim and I have their business. Be a victim of what’s happening, so wherever you are,
wherever you find yourself in this first, I want you to know that you are not alone until we’re gonna dive into some of these mindset issues and how to help you solve them.
Therefore, giving you the questions in the action steps toe act upon to help you make smart decisions for your business in the direction that you will go.
So if you find yourself in this place where your mindset is saying I don’t know what to do, you know,
and you’re you’re kind of weekend of every day feeling a little lost, wondering what’s gonna happen. What should I do now?
What should I sell which I offer? The reason why you’re in this situation is because you don’t feel valuable.
You don’t have an offer that people desperately need. Right now, you don’t have confidence in what you’re saying,
and so perhaps you just aren’t saying anything at all, and you, frankly don’t have a plan. And the reason for that isn’t because you want to,
like, sit there and not do anything. It’s because I totally believe this is that you want to make sure that whatever you offer whatever you do is good and helpful and worthy.
It’s not because you don’t want to do anything. It’s because you really want to do the right things.
Does that sound like you? I’m betting that you’re like shaking your head, being like, yeah, that’s me.
You want to do the right things. You only want to offer something that’s good and hopeful and relevant.
You don’t want to take advantage of the situation, and you would never take advantage of people. We know that.
But you also know that there are business opportunities out there and you want, and you need to make sure that they’re not passing you by,
especially right now. So if that’s you, let’s go ahead and go into the next section of this recording here.
Okay, I want you to be aware of three really big dangers. And when I say them out loud,
it’s not gonna be like Thanks for the epiphany, April. It’s gonna be Yes, April, Captain.
Obvious. But just bear with me here because as we talk through them, I believe that in these discussions it’s gonna help.
You really kind of reframe your mind and help you identify if and how you should be pivoting are shifting in your business.
So danger number one that we’re seeing that I’m hearing from my clients that people on my communities we’re talking about and actually on this one I mean,
I’ll be honest with you. People aren’t talking about this as much as they are dangerous two and three.
So this one you can hear in the whispers of everybody’s subconscious. The problem is, is it you might be losing your relevance like that Hurts,
especially for those of you guys who have worked years to build your audience, is years creating content, sending it out every single weekend,
email faithfully doing your live streams, creating content again and again and again. If you’re afraid you’re losing your relevance.
It feels like you might be losing that leadership role like no one is looking at you for help because they don’t see you as somebody that can be relevant to help them.
Right now, you could be feeling like you’re losing opportunities to connect with your audience and that there’s this chasm that is growing whiter and whiter,
and it’s gonna be a really long jump to get from where you were in your relationship, and you know your banter and your friendship and your back and forth,
you know that you might have had with your with your community and your fans and your followers and your lists and your clients and your customers.
So what’s gonna happen in the future that that kind of seems like on the way far side of this Grand Canyon,
and you’re just not really sure how big the Kenyans gonna be? And so if you feel like you might be losing your relevance,
that you might be coming insignificant to your audience, then that is a really big problem. That’s a boom indicator that we need to shift something so that you’re creating relevant content and you’re taking mindful actions and that your connecting authentically with your community in a way that meets them where they are right now.
Okay, now it’s brings us to danger to this is the completely obvious one that still people are not talking about is number three.
But y’all are thinking this, and that is your sales are in jeopardy. You know, we’re talking about finances.
They are a hard thing to discuss, especially when the going gets tough. But what happens then? That’s when the tough get going and that’s we’re talking about on this show.
If you’re in this place, if you’re feeling this pitfall, right, if you’re feeling this danger in your business now,
I will tell you not everybody is feeling this. I have clients whose businesses are thriving right now. What they had in their offers and what they do is just really aligned with what people need.
Right now. Our own companies are doing really well because we are online business developers. And so this isn’t the case for everybody.
But this may be the case for you. If what you’re selling is the wrong thing, you’re in danger of actually losing more and more income,
either established clients or and or not bringing in new customers into your business or you could be not selling anything at all,
so you could be selling things. But they just are the wrong things, and it just doesn’t feel good to sell those things right now.
Or you could have nothing to sell whatsoever at all that is relevant or nothing is selling. This can also be you if you’re feeling like you have an insignificant offer,
so you’re feeling guilty about what it is that you are in fact offering. Maybe you offer some sort of a lavish service,
and you just don’t really feel comfortable. Here’s one of things I want to say to you. And you.
I don’t hear this a lot because it isn’t super quote unquote. And I’m sitting here to myself doing my air quotes,
Strategic. But if you feel like what you’re offering, just doesn’t feel good to sell. Right now,
I really want to encourage you to listen to yourself that that is your intuition, that is your spirit,
that is, whatever you call it. That’s your own inner wisdom, saying, You know what? I’m just kind of getting a check here,
that it doesn’t feel this great to sell it. And if you are feeling that way, I just want to encourage you to listen to that.
You know, one of the things that also want to encourage you is that if you have offers in that,
they’re not really the right things. Your service is aren’t going anywhere. What we’re talking about here is creating a bridge or just a little detour out of some construction bumps in the road were just shifting gears a little bit for a little while to drive people back to where we were before,
but in the better way that we have ever been. Okay, So if you’re struggling with sales in this area,
I want you to really think about what are your clients, your customers? What are their greatest needs right now?
We talk about, you know, identifying the needs, coming up the solutions. That’s business. Wanna one right?
But I want you to go further with us. I want you to really think about it in a way that it’s like this.
Imagine a map you has. No, I’m a geek. I geek out over maps. I even,
like, used to draw on, create maps for fun. When I was a little girl, Imagine a map and it’s a road map of your client’s journey.
And in the past, especially for you established business owners, you have their journey mapped out for them.
That’s great. But something has happened, and you have to create a detour. And along the detour are a couple of different pitfalls that is even the old enough.
Listening to this, you guys remember the video game pitfall where we had to, like, actually grab the rope.
It was like an Atari game pitfall. Okay, well, that’s what’s happening right now. There are pitfalls along your clients.
Customers journey, whether you’re taking them to a journey of wellness or a journey to having a marketing plan or attorney to have a no well branded business where a journey to learning to speak on stage or write a book,
or a journey to re finishing antique furniture, or going from not having house to buying a house. Whatever the journey is right.
There’s, um, roadblocks, and you are responsible for creating a new path for them that brings them to the same destination britches in a different way.
And that’s what we’re talking about right now. That’s what’s important right now. If you’re feeling like your sales are in danger,
if you are in that group of businesses where you aren’t selling anything or you’re you’re starting to slip, then I want you to take a really hard look at what it is that you’re offering and the pathway that you are getting people from point a to point.
In this case, it’s just only see in the past you might have taken them from a to Z.
But right now, maybe they just need your help getting from A to F. And that’s cool. That is really important,
because that’s what they need right now. Less danger. Number two is your sales danger Number three and this is the one that everybody’s talking about.
Is is your marketing. And here is why everybody’s talking about it because nobody wants to sound like a sleaze bucket.
Okay, nobody wants to go out there in, sell their stuff and have people be like, Oh,
my gosh, that person is so insensitive. What? I can’t believe that she is out there just peddling her product when our world is in such a precarious state,
right? I know that you don’t want that. So if you feel like you’re risking being insensitive or if you feel like you don’t know what to say in your marketing or that you just can’t market as usual.
But you aren’t sure how to change that, that is another indicator for you. But you need to make a shift that you need to make a pivot the way that we do.
This is totally authentic. There isn’t any grand marketing strategy behind this. You guys. It is seriously just calling the elephant in the room out the way it is and saying,
Hey, Lis and we’re changing. Something’s up here just for a little while because things were different for a little while.
There’s nothing wrong with just calling elephant in the room like Sarah tomes. She was on last week’s podcast.
Sarah’s a very good friend of mine, and I’m very grateful that she’s our Facebook ad strategists and part of our team.
She’s like, You gotta read the temperature in the room, and if it’s too hot, let’s talk about the fact that it’s too hot.
So we’re going to turn on the A C. Whatever that ISS. Just take your marketing strategy head on and talk about the things that are already on your client’s minds.
Don’t pretend like they aren’t there. I’m not saying I want you to listen to me very carefully that you should not go with a Doom Sayer type of approach,
right? Nobody wants to hear more about the problems with the situations they’re having. They do want to hear from mindful,
authentic, full hearted leaders who are giving them solutions, cause everybody wants to be doing good and thriving and were craving.
I already feel it like, Don’t you feel it? Were craving our feelings of crawling our way back to greatness?
It feel it right now. I know you do, too. And so, with your marketing, your marketing should talk about why make Maybe you’re making some small shifts or pivots in your business or how you’re doing things different.
You’ve already seen the TV commercials doing it saying, Hey, we deliver, you know, contact free food delivery because we know that’s what you want.
Right now, that’s what you should be doing, too. So if you find yourself that you’re not doing any marketing or you’ve stopped marketing altogether,
it’s because you’re not really sure how to actually just take it as it is in share. It is it.
It’s and I just want to fill you up again with creativity and encouragement and telling you that you’re an entrepreneur.
You do not give yourself enough credit. As a matter of fact, entrepreneurs are the most important people right now.
Entrepreneurs are the ones figuring out how to get P, p e and from other places and how tow rig ventilators and how to come up with medicine to help all of us.
They’re entrepreneurs in their scientists, their creative people in you’re one of them, too. We’re the most creative,
disruptive, tenacious, tough, unstoppable group people on earth. So you can take your marketing and you can take all the thoughts that you have,
and you can pivot them and ship them to the degree in which they should be, which it could be a great deal for your business.
Or it could be just like a teeny tiny smidge. But talk about that. Talk about what you’re doing and why you’re doing it in your marketing.
Start with relationships, personally connect with people and really create ah, marketing communication that builds relationships. Dive into relationship with your clients.
It’s a very best thing that you could be doing right now, no matter what you do, pivoting in what degree in your business.
So today we talked about dangers, the businesses we’re facing right now, why you may be facing it.
And if you remember in the beginning I talked about the greatest dangers, our mindset, and we talked about all the different questions the business’s owners are asking themselves right now.
and you might have found yourself asking some of these questions. Then we dove into the three problems. The lack of relevance that your business maybe having the lack of sales in the lack of marketing in overall,
the lack of leadership. If you find that you’re struggling with what to do or what your place is right now,
it’s very simply because you have yet to create a solution that you go to sleep at night, vote really good about in know that people need because you might not necessarily see your business as a life raft that they need.
And if that’s the case, if that’s where you are, I want to encourage you to dive in and to really think about how you can and possibly should be shifting and pivoting just for a little bit right now,
in order to be what people want and need for you to be right now and in order to meet people where they are not in unauthentic way in order to build and create a bridge for your clients to walk from where they were with you,
toe where they will be with you again in the future when we all reset. I was on another leadership call a couple weeks ago with Jeffrey has led of Sea Sweetened.
It was it was a really cool call to be a part of. I don’t normally sit in C suite.
Leadership calls. As many of you know, I’ve never worked in a corporate office in the day of my life.
But it’s always a challenge for me to surround myself with people that do different things, you know? And one of the things that Jeffrey was saying was that we’re in a race to reset,
and that’s where we are right now. As an economy, that’s where we are. It’s not a fast race.
It’s actually really careful race. Instead, we should call it like a cross country run to reset and we’re having to take these detours is a business,
and we’re having to guide people along with us and to carry people. We are called to carry people and to serve people to the degree that obviously makes sense within your business.
So I wanted to let you know what just encourage you if you feel like you’re not being relevant right now,
if you feel like you’re you’re slipping, Your business is slipping. Take a look at those three danger areas.
Are you loosing relevance? Are you not selling things? And are you not really sure about what you should be saying in your marketing?
If those are the areas that you’re getting hung up, then then go back and replay this podcast episode.
And then here are two other resource is for you. Number one. I really don’t want you to be alone.
We need to connect, We need to support each other. And, like I said, lift each other up.
During this time, I invite you to join us over in our free Facebook community at sweet Life community dot com.
The second opportunity and this is not going to be there forever because thes podcast episodes air evergreen. This will be out there in 2021 2023 this will not be available.
But it is right now, So right now we have launched a program. It’s a short term program,
guys, because this is a short term fix in the program is called Shift 2020 and it’s a time for you to dive in,
not to everything this is not in everything program. This is a get what you need. Get your important ducks in a row for your business.
Identify what your clients need and delivered to that program. If you feel like you’re trapped and you’re losing significance and relevance with your audience that they aren’t looking to you for leadership or you’re losing the relationships that you have worked really hard to build for years and years and years or frankly,
if you have never established with the relationships with people before, if you are slipping in your sales or you’re losing sales,
we’re not bringing in any more clients than the shift is an important programme for you to be a part of right now.
And if you’re not really sure what to do in your marketing or how to communicate authentically or how to really pivot or what you should be doing,
who you should be connecting with, how often? How frequently, even though that means the same thing.
You know in what way, If you’re not sure about any of those things, then I highly recommend that you check out our shift program.
It’s called Shift 2020 again. It’s only a short term program. But what we do know is that we need to make some shifts for the next 30 60 90 maybe the next 120 days.
And this podcast and everything we do here is dedicated to helping you in your business. Arrive to the degree in which you may need to make a shift is only going to be revealed based on digging into the strategy and how people are responding and who you want to need to be is a business and is possibly a personal brand to your industry.
So if you guys want more information about shift 2020 here are two different ways you can find it. There’s no website for it.
There’s no long as sales page to join because that’s not what we’re doing right now, because that’s not relevant.
Right now, we’re just helping you get what you need immediately so that you can help your people get what they need immediately.
So for more information on the shift 2020 you can go to the show notes for this episode, so there will be a link in the show notes for the episode.
You can get there by going to sweet life podcast dot com forward slash 171 So sweet life podcast dot com forward slash 171 Or you can very simply text the word shift to the number 31996 will shoot over links.
You could just read more information on it. Let us know if you want in love to have you there.
It seemed like the right fit for you again. That is texting the word shift to the number 31996 All right,
you guys help your Well, I understand that things were rough right now things air give you a little tense here in the beach house also.
Ah, we have been on lock down at the day of this recording. I’m we’re on day 33 1 of my boys was just so restless.
He literally went outside golfing barefoot in the snow in our front yard today. So people are totally going crazy,
but we’re still here, and we’re well, and we’re thankful for that. And I pray that you guys were well and those that you know,
a few work on the front lines or somebody in your family does. We’re praying for you guys. And just thank you so much for for all that you’re doing.
Thanks for listening to the show and sharing it with your friends again. Show notes are at sweet life podcast dot com slash 171 and more information on the shift is by texting 31996 And just type in the word shift.
Okay, guys, Bye for now.
That’s all folks!

Episode 169: How To Launch Your Services Online: Small Business Help Part 2 – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Need faster business growth? Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.

Who This Episode is Great For:

This episode is for small businesses that want to launch live group coaching and need help getting started. Software makes up the nuts and bolts of your online business, but it tends to overwhelm some to the point of stopping. Trust me when I say that if I can use (and now teach on) software, anyone can! The important part is making sure the software you choose works for you! This show is for business owners who are considering building a group coaching program and want to make smart choices.

Summary:

How to build a powerful group coaching program.  In this show, I break down how to plan your group purpose, how to choose the best software, and how to bill, onboard and pick the best platforms for success. Every business is different and this episode helps you find the right answers for your business. We also discuss the power (and joy) of hosting live group calls and what types of entrepreneurs will thrive with this business offering. 
 
Today’s episode will help you plan your group’s purpose, schedule, taking payment, onboarding customers and deciding the best platform for your group goals. 

Highlights:

  1. Determine what type of group you’re building
  2. Choose the online platform to build your group in
  3. Set up how people pay you.
  4. Understand why AI plays a key role in customer satisfaction. 

Resources Mentioned:


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

you’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast Simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator A probe age How you guys, um, welcome back to the show. You are listening to the sweet life entrepreneur in business podcast, and I’m a pro beach online business development expert in strategist, and I am here to help you continue to grow your current business online. Or for those of you who are interested in launching new online service is or a new online business.
All of the show notes and the resource is that we have for you can be found by visiting Suite life podcast dot com Now on today’s show, we’re actually continuing a two part training that we started last week about how tow launch your online service is. This is something that is an amazing way to grow your business. It’s an important way to scale your business, meaning you could duplicate yourself and reach more people. Bye and launching online coaching, consulting and digital service is digital products, and we’re diving into the actual nuts and bolts of some things that you need to have in place to watch group coaching service’s and some different considerations based on the type of delivery that you may want to have.
A CE faras sharing service is to groping people online. So this is perfect for you if you find yourself in a place where your company is ready to scale so you’ve reached capacity, meaning you can no longer see people face to face or one on one. And right now, if you’re listening to this riel time were stuck in this sad and funky Corona virus economy, so we can’t see people face to phase right now, anyway. And so it’s a great opportunity for you to continue to reach groups of people.
Reach your audience, Reacher established customers gain more customers by launching Group Coaching Service’s. This is also perfect for you. Have you been thinking about hosting on online mastermind group? Or if you’ve been thinking about hosting instruction or some sort of training two groups of people at once, this is an ideal chauffeur you to listen to. All of the show notes will be found at Sweet Life, podcast dot com, forward slash 1 69 and for advanced business development coaching programs, courses and masterminds cruise over to sweet life co dot com,
and there are a variety of opportunities for you to help you take your business to the next level Online over there for you. Okay, All right, let’s go ahead and dive into today’s business training. All right, As we’re talking about group coaching, it’s important to differentiate that the type of group coaching we’re discussing is different than if you were coaching a team. This is actually for those of you who are experts, mentors, leaders, skill teachers, coaches and consultants. And you want to host a group where each individual in the group has their own story,
their own track. So it’s different than if you were coaching a team all for one purpose. To learn to do one exact thing. Group coaching is where you still have similar goals, and you have to outline the expectations for any grip you launch. But each person is creating their own reality out of the instruction that you are giving. So I just wanted to differentiate that here in the beginning, and there are generally two different types of groups that you can think about creating and you know, the sky’s the limit on this.
But for the sake of this podcast in this training, this is the easiest way to just really move us along here and get your group coaching started faster. So the 1st 1 is instructional group in an instructional group is really where you are teaching strategies so people can take them, make them their own, apply them to their own life or their own business, and then move forward or the other type of group. Coaching can be community based, where you’re actually facilitating, Ah, place for people to work together,
work amongst each other, really connect with each other over the similarity that they have in the topics that you are leading them with. And most group programs actually contain an aspect of both of that, whether it’s instruction the majority of the time. And then there’s a community component for an afterburn effect, or whether it is established within that particular group coaching program from the very beginning. Another thing I wanted to talk to you about is that if you are launching a course that a group of people are going to go through,
that isn’t what we’re talking about on today’s show, but we’re really talking about live events where you’re coaching a group of people at a time. So I just wanted to clarify that before we dove into this particular episode now a couple reasons why this is amazing. First of all, one of my favorite things to Dio is to connect with people live in a group there, so much fire that goes around and passion, and people start talking and inspiring each other. It is one of the best ways to coach people,
so I just wanted to share. Everybody’s experience is different, but it’s one of my favorite things to do is to see that happen based on the leadership that I give to a group of women entrepreneurs in. So if you are a type of business leader that your personality loves, that community loves mentoring and inspiring others. A live group program could be a really excellent business model for you know, we always want you to pick a business model where you’re happy and you thrive at what you’re doing, cause that’s gonna make you even better at what you already are in your area of expertise.
So the first thing is to establish. What is the purpose of this group? Is this strictly for instruction? Is this a community based group?
Am I delivering content on a certain schedule within this community? What are people going to expect out to be part of this group?
And how should I set this group up for success again? It could be a combination of all these things.
Or you can just host groups based on one of those aspects again, community instruction or content delivery. And so,
after you’ve made that choice, step Number two is diving in and picking the platform. So where is this group gonna live?
Where do you want to live there? So many options? The 1st 1 Let’s just get it out of the way.
First is a Facebook group. You know, I hate Facebook groups, but I also have Facebook groups because they’re easy and people are there all the time.
It’s hard to retrain an entire audience on something there, naturally doing everyday anyway. But Facebook groups have their pros and cons,
and so that might or it might not be a good place for you to host your group, but I just wanted to mention that first,
because it’s one of the first ones that people think of another option, which is doing a great job.
It can be competing with Facebook, and we talked about this on the last few episodes. I’ve spoken about this platform a couple of times,
but it’s called Mighty Networks. Mighty Networks is a super rad app. I will tell you I love being part of mighty networks.
I’ve had my tea networks groups. It’s so nice because it gives me, like, a push notification on the sleep screen of my phone when somebody has posted to me and I can I can set up my notifications for that rather than having to go into Facebook and scroll through all my notifications that came from my sister and my cousin and my clients.
It’s a terrible thing to do, especially for people like me that have at least 10 different squirrel moments every single day.
It’s really hard for me to stave, bogus. And so that’s why baseball is another reason why Facebook is a terrible option for me.
But Mighty host does a really good job of creating topics so people can communicate, and in post under them and taking people outside of really that cluster.
You know what that happens inside Facebook? The downfall of that is there is no live streaming into my tea house.
And that’s one of the reasons why I’m still in place because I love and you might love this, too.
And this is thinking about how you want to connect with your group. I love being able to pick up my phone,
click the Gold Life button and just be able to talk in there and say, Hey, how’s everybody doing today?
That’s something that’s important for me. It’s something that my community expects and wants for me. And unfortunately,
at the recording of this, it’s just not an option that’s available in mighty House. But I just wanted to share those two things because they’re the 1st 2 platforms that entrepreneurs usually hook on to.
Mighty host does integrate with zoom so you can in bed video through zoom. But it still requires you to log on to a totally different platform rather than just clicking a go live button.
And when you’re a busy woman man, every step counts, doesn’t it? All right, couple other platforms I wanted to throw out there for you.
You’re gonna have to test which one you like. The 1st 1 we already mentioned is Zoom. I’m sure you know,
zoom by now. There are two different types. Asim Platforms. As we mentioned on last week’s podcast,
There’s Zoom Meeting and they’re Zoom webinar and they both have totally different functions. So it’s based on how you want those platforms to function,
and you can use either one for group coaching. The other two are Google hangouts. I will admit I just attended my very first Google hangout last Friday,
and I thought it would be a lot harder to get into Google hangouts. It wasn’t something that I ever felt like I wanted to even try.
And there was a meeting that I wanted to connect with a group of really cool women here in Colorado from women who start up and they had a Google hangout and it was pretty cool.
There were some downfalls to it that I didn’t like the fact that I couldn’t see everybody like you can in a zoom platform,
but it was easy. It was easy for me to get on there and it was clearly integrated with my Google business email,
so that was very simple, too. So Google hangouts could be something that’s may be a first step if you want to host community in Host group Coaching service is online and then the other one is crowd cast.
I Love crowd cast. I’ve used crowd cast numerous times. It has a great integration feature where you can see people’s live chat,
especially when you’re on crowd cast online. Unfortunately, crowd cast has had quite a few technical problems every time I’ve tried to use it.
But you know what, ladies? That could just be me, because I swear there’s like some magnetic field around me that if some software or tech is going to break,
it will break at some point in time on my watch. So it definitely could just be me. I love the way the platform works.
I love the way it’s set up in that has a green room function. And so those are just some suggestions for you.
I know a lot of the last podcast episodes. We have talked about software, and if you’re building an online business,
it is software software are the boards and the foundation and the nuts and bolts of your house instead of just having a storefront.
And so that’s why this software that you choose will make or break your business. And it’s not that it’s the software itself.
It’s how you use this software, how you needed to function, why you’ve chosen that software and frankly,
whether or not you know how to use it in a TV for you. At the end of the day,
we want things that are easy, because then you will perform better and everything else that you d’oh So again I will make sure all of these resources are available for you in the show notes and links to try these things in the show notes for this episode.
So if you haven’t ever gone a rich our podcast website yet, it’s really cool. It’s like a whole business resource center.
We rebuilt it about a year and 1/2 ago for you guys in. You go in there under the show notes for this and has all these links to everything we talked about in the show in a whole bunch of other free business training that most business coaches charge thousands of dollars for.
It’s a huge database of free stuff in there for you guys. So just cruise over to sweet life podcast dot com,
and you can. You can grab all that and check it out. So we talked about number one.
She’s in the purpose of your group number two. Choosing your platform. Granted, this is not an exhaustive list of platforms.
I’m sure there are other platforms out there. These are just the ones that we tend to talk about the most with businesses that are growing and scaling online.
The third thing is is to create a schedule just like the parameters that we set up in last week’s show about how to set expectations to establish your one on one coaching.
Virtually the same goes with your group, so it’s important that you have a set schedule that people like you and like me about if you’re listening to the show about you’re a planner like I am,
I geek out on my calendar that’s one across my wall, and I won’t commit to anything unless I know that I can fit it in my calendar in.
So if those are the type of people you’re serving, then you want to make sure that you’re prepared and you have a schedule set out now where people register for your group.
Coaching is really what I want to kind of drill into today. So some of the platforms we talked about have that built in where you can schedule your medians in advance in Zoom,
and you can even have multiple mediums. Another place you can do this is if you choose to host your online group coaching in Facebook in a private Facebook group.
You can also create events within Facebook and actually scheduled the events there within Facebook itself. So I just wanted to share that with you two options.
Make sure you have a place where people can sign up. You have a software that gives them notifications and reminders to show up.
Because Justcause people sign up doesn’t mean people show up into the end of the day. We want people to obviously show up,
and so that is an important aspect of whatever software you choose. Make sure that you do have the ability to have people schedule online and get reminders so they will show up for you okay.
And before we dive into step number four a little behind the scenes here, my husband and my three boys just got back from a long word skateboard ride,
getting some fresh air, and everybody just came barreling through the door with their shoes and the dogs and the skateboards and everything.
Welcome to my life. I love my life. Actually, I felt so blessed. But there’s a lot of noise in the background for all these podcasts were recording right now when everybody is home together.
So thanks so much for bearing with me through that. So step number four is How will you, Bill,
you got to make money, right? That’s why you do what you do. Yes. You probably love what you d’oh,
but let’s make you some money so you can keep doing it and help more people. You need to decide how you’re gonna build for your group coaching program.
Do you want to build once and they get unlimited access to all of your events? Do you want to set them up on a subscription where they’re automatically charged every two weeks or every week or every month?
And of course, how you lay out your program. The content of what you’re delivering is gonna dictate obviously,
how long this is gonna go. The point I’m making is it. We have to make sure that your software is set up to support you in this.
We want to make it easy for people to give you money. Amen. Amen. OK, so this means that whether or not you choose Facebook or you choose zoom or you choose another platform.
You know, you have to make sure that you’ve determined how you are going to build people, how frequently and how you’re gonna take money in depending on that platform,
they either have that built in or they don’t. Now, this is a great advantage of mighty networks,
mighty networks. You can actually receive payment through mighty networks, and everything is all in one there. Another reason why I do love that platform again.
Nothing’s perfect. So you can’t go live in there. But maybe there are other things you could do to improvise that sort of connection with in your group.
So I just want you to pay attention to how you’re gonna take money, how frequently you’re gonna build in the most common payment processors are stripe Pei Pao in some people even use square or square up,
and each of those enables you to create a type of service. Now I’m can’t verify for sure if square up frankly allows you to create subscriptions.
It’s not a platform I’m an expert in, but I do know that they allow you to charge and build for service is,
and we have a lot of clients that you square up for. You know, even local service is like esta Titian’s.
You square up to take payment and my eyelash girl use the square of today payment. And so if you have a one time payment,
that might just be the easiest thing to do to get people to onboard to your group coaching program. If you’re looking for more of a subscription billing plan,
then stripe and paper. How are your options? And they have those sort of different payment options integrated within them in those two platforms,
integrate with most community online platforms as well. So number four the most important thing is make sure you know how you are going to charge people and make sure it’s easy for them to pay you in the last thing I just wanted to touch on.
Gosh, I think it’s actually been a while since I recorded a whole entire episode on email marketing. Maybe it’s time.
Message me. Send me a d M on instagram If you want more trains on email marketing email marketing is not your regular business email,
so it’s not my email address. Email marketing is actually a c R E M. It’s client relations management system and the type of email marketing that I want you to think about.
Having four group coaching is automated email marketing. This means that when somebody signs up for your group coaching program,
they get automatic e mails. It’s like using a I. This is how we’re starting to integrate heart official intelligence into our online businesses.
So the software knows somebody signed up and the software sends them an automatic email that’s written by you super personal,
thanking them for joining whatever program that you’re doing, letting them notable what to look forward to and it’s automatically sent to them.
In a perfect world, we want this software to send them a couple of different emails reminding them of the upcoming meeting,
helping them get onto your platform. Whether that is how to get onto crowd cast or how to join our Facebook group or how to post a topic and mighty host.
Whatever it is, we want your email marketing to create a relationship with them. Anto walk them on,
boarding into your program in little teeny baby steps so that they feel super taking care of from this second they pay.
We want to make sure that the second somebody pays you, they don’t have what most people have is like this momentary panic of buyer remorse where you’re like Oh my gosh,
I should I should I should have done that, you know, we want them to immediately get any mail and in a perfect world,
really be redirected to a page. It says, Awesome. And so glad that you’re here. I can’t wait to work with you or I can’t wait to have you join our program.
This is what you can expect. This is where to go for questions. We’re here for you. We understand what you’re looking for.
And we have paved the way for you to have an amazing experience in my group coaching platform or program or whenever it ISS.
That’s why we need an email marketing manager. Now the reality is, is a lot of these platforms don’t have email marketing built in.
So if you’re choosing these platforms based on the platform itself, it’s not necessarily in all in one. So you might have to go in source an email marketing manager and make sure it connects.
Or it’s what we call integrates with your community platform of choice. And so listen, it’s like baking a cake.
There’s 1000 different things that you can put into your set up to make it customized for you if you have questions about this.
First of all, everybody has questions about this. This isn’t business strategy, you guys, that this is the nuts and bolts of business.
I am happy to answer your questions about platforms any time I do answer questions about this and how to help you pick your best platform.
Answer questions about this all the time. Cruise over to our podcast community, our Facebook community. It’s totally free,
and you can go in there and just plug away any questions that you have, and I’m in there frequently supporting you guys,
So just go to a sweet life community dot com, and it’ll redirect you to our Facebook community and you can ask any questions.
So here on the podcast, let me just give you some samples of platforms based on the ones have talked about that have the most capabilities.
So so far, based on needing to have a platform where you could deliver content, having a schedule that you composed,
having a way to bill and having notifications go out, then mighty hosts is the way to go. That’s the Gold Star again,
their downfalls like I still can’t use it because I really appreciate being able to go live with my community.
I’m willing to piecemeal other parts of software together so that I could still go live with my community, but that might not be a big thing for you,
so I just wanted to make the easy button up here that mighty hosts and granted, you have to pay for more bells and whistles,
but is usually the way that businesses go when they’re creating community platforms and community coaching. So far, the other one that I’ve mentioned on other shows,
which I haven’t had a chance to test yet. But when I first checked it out a year ago and loved it,
I ran away because I looked to the price tag. It was like $5000 I’m not gonna pay $5000 to play with something.
But they have a sense rebuild the platform and I can’t wait to get in there. And it’s called Disciple Media.
In So Disciple Media, I think, has everything it did the last time I checked. Everything that that we want you are gonna play will pay more for it.
So I will also go ahead and make sure that there’s a link to the new platform built by Disciple Media.
So you can go in there and try that as well. So let’s go ahead. Let me just do a quick recap.
You might be able to hear my dogs barking because, seriously, every single person walks by my house and I have a little Chihuahua that never stops parking.
And especially now that everybody is going for a walk 20 times a day in my neighborhood, that damn dog just never stops working.
So we’re just gonna push on, aren’t we ladies. Okay, so the recap for today’s show is how to watch your online group Coaching service’s again.
This is perfect for you guys of your established businesses, and you want to reach more people you want to sell more.
Service is you want. Establish your expertise or if you’re a new business and you just want to head out the gates with launching group coaching.
I know that there are quite a few new businesses that have come through our doors in the last six months that are actually launching certification programs,
so it doesn’t even have to be an actual business. It could be more of an educational certification based program.
Yeah, group coaching is away, right? So first of all, we talked about platforms and making sure you’re choosing the purpose of your group,
whether it’s instructional or community or, you know, just strictly sharing content or a combination of any of those choosing your platforms.
We talked about Facebook groups, mighty networks, crowd cast Google hangouts and zoom. Those are the top ones that people seem to be going through.
Currently, the recording of this we could probably record this same show in six months and I might give you a different list.
Number two or diving in the next part is creating a schedule and making sure it’s easy for people to register.
Easy for them to know what’s coming up again. The clearer in the more, the more simple you lay out your program,
the more money you are going to make, the more people you are going to enroll the next episode making sure it’s easy to pay you,
making sure that the experience of going online registering and pays you d picks the experience that you want to give your customers.
And so you want the whole entire process to aligned with your branding your experience the way you want your customers to feel when they start working with you.
So if you are a high end brand and you are delivering high end group coaching, you’re not going to take money through Venmo,
right? Right. So we talked about stripe and papal integration and making sure that it’s smooth sailing there to set up subscriptions,
accounts or one time payments. We also talked about square up and how that could be an auction for some people as well.
And then we talked about email marketing to the extent that I would love for you, just a walk away with either new knowledge if you didn’t have this,
or just reinforce knowledge to what you already know about how important it is to utilize a I in creating automated e mails that are going out to people who have already paid you to reassure them that they’re in the right place.
So we don’t want any buyer’s remorse who want to create raving fans that are sharing how great it is to work with you over and over again with all of their friends.
So that is today’s show. This is episode number 169 of The Sweet Life Entrepreneur podcast. Thank you guys so much for being here.
If you have not yet. I would love it if you’d leave us a review on iTunes. That really helps other podcast listeners find our show.
And it’s something that we really appreciate very much from you guys. So you could just cruise overto apple and leave us a review.
And a lot of times we actually read these reviews live online, and we feature a business which is exactly what I’m going to do right now,
all right? And this is so sweet. I just went over to pole are featured review this week,
and all you moms will get this. My son Sam, I saw left me. Review. It’s up Sand Beach and says,
My mom’s podcast. Love you, Mama. Five stars. So not my future business is weak, but that melts my heart.
I do want a big C tour to five four for your review. Thank you so much for taking the time to come on here,
You say. That’s so good. It’s like talking to a business Vesti really relate to our style of business advice and how protective she is over her audience.
Just pinged a few episodes and I’m hooked. Keep it going. Thank you so much for leaving that review.
That really means a lot, but I don’t know your businesses and I want to shout out and help you get eyes on your business is well,
so if this is your business d m me directly on Instagram, you confined me at sweet life. Underscore entrepreneur.
That’s my instagram account, where I share a lot of business and a lot of mom with three teenage boys.
Life in de Emmy there and let me know your business so we can go ahead and make sure that we give you a shout right back out.
See tour to 54 All right, you guys, thank you so much for hanging out with me on today’s show.
Next week we have Sarah tomes are Facebook and Instagram ads expert back in the house, and she’s diving through the seven steps to set up your Facebook business page or fix your broken Facebook business page to make sure you are optimizing your results in the time you put in there.
Next week’s show, All right.
That’s all folks!

Episode 168: How To Launch Your Services Online: Small Business Help Part 1 – with April Beach

SweetLife Entrepreneur Podcast April Beach

Episode Bonuses:

Who This Episode is Great For:

  • Small business owners looking to expand your reach due to Coronavirus 
  • Small business owners ready to grow (scale) by adding online services, offers, coaching and courses, or digital communities or products and don’t know where to start.
  • Entrepreneurs who want to launch an online service business and work from anywhere. 


Summary:

As the world faces a shift in how it does business, more people are noticing online business opportunities – and they are VAST. Pivoting your business to offer online services is not only an essential part of keeping up with today’s Coronavirus economy, it’s strategic and smart. 
I’ve been consulting entrepreneurs, small businesses and corporations to create and launch online services for 12 years. Online services are not default or second best… they’re a smart way to reach more people, grow your profit and expand your company’s capacity. 
This podcast show will open the doors to online business opportunities, help you choose how you’ll offer services online and give you the steps to get started. 

Highlights:

  1. How to choose the right software
  2. How to create and set parameters on your 1-1 online services
  3. The steps to get your online services setup 
  4. Specific software recommendations 


Resources Mentioned:



Join my next workshop to launch your online services. Use code: PODCAST to receive $50 off.

SOFTWARE RECIPES
Lowest Cost Software (has limitations)
Meeting: Phone calls, Facetime or WhatsApp
Calendar: Calendly
Payment: Venmo 
Mid Cost Software:
Meeting: Zoom Meeting Room
Calendar: Acuity
Payment: PayPal, Stripe, Square
Options To Provide Added Support To Your Clients: 
Email 
Voxer (our top pick) 






SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

 

you’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast Simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probe Age Hey there, and welcome to the show. This is episode number 168 And today we’re talking about how to launch your service is online. This is small business help for those of you that are facing tough times right now in our Corona virus economy, this is actually part one of a two part series where we’re gonna be diving into this two weeks together and I’m going to be giving you step by step of exactly how you want Your online service is today.
We’re diving in because the world has seen an entire shift and people are noticing hall of these different online business opportunities. And they are vast pivoting your business offer online service is is not only essential right now, but it’s also strategic in smart. In case you weren’t aware, my business has been consulting entrepreneurs, small businesses and corporations. Tow launch digital in online service is for over 12 years. In these service is they aren’t by default. They aren’t second best. These are actually smart ways to grow your business,
reach more people, grow your profit and expand your company’s capacity. So that’s what we’re talking about on today’s show. This episode is particularly for those of you guys who are small business owners looking to expand your reach and serve your customers through digital online service is right now in our Corona virus economy, either. Short term, you just want to do this for a small period of time until you can get back to normal or long term. This is also for those of you guys who are established business owners and you’re ready to scale.
So you ready to grow ad Online service is coaching, consulting digital communities or products, and you aren’t exactly sure where to start. If you’ve been asking yourself this question, that hair, I want to grow my business online, my company has reached its band with. We can’t serve any more people the way that we’re doing business. We’re maxed out. What do we do? How do we grow than this particular podcast episode? And actually the entire suite live under of Europe on gas? These air? This is what we talk about here on this show if you’re a new listener and if you’re a new entrepreneur and you are looking to launch online service is so you can work from anywhere.
This show is for you. Now, all this show now. So we’re gonna talk about today cause I’m gonna give you a lot of really quick software tips, software, recipes, meaning I’m going to make it so easy for you. I’m going to say, do this, Do this, Do this if you want these results and I’m going to be giving a lot of difference offer recommendations because software is the walls there, the structure of your online business. So if you had a brick and mortar business in the past or if you currently have a brick and mortar business,
you’re rebuilding the walls in the foundation of your business online through the software that you choose. And that also tends to be some of the most overwhelming part of launching. Normally business there so many different choices and not everyone is right where for every single business. So we are gonna walk through the steps of how to choose the right software, how to create and set of parameters for your service is the steps to get your service is up and running, and I’m gonna give you specific, softer recommendations. So that sounds good.
But that’s what you’re looking for. Let’s go ahead and dive into the show. All the show notes can be found by visiting and sweet life. Podcast dot com forward slash 1 68 Okay, in this episode, part one of two parts I’m specifically talking to those of you who want to take your established one on one service is you might have done face to face or in person and scale them online. So we’re focusing on one on one in person, bringing that toe one on one online in next week’s show.
I’m gonna be talking about how to take your established service is where you might have coached groups of people. Maybe you were a speaker or you hosted events. Or maybe you did provide one on one. This service is in person and you want to scale those and now provide him two groups of people. So next week is for groups. This week is for one on one. Before we go any further, I want to make sure that you know about this shows bonus for this month,
actually through April 30th 2020. If you’re listening to this real time, I will be hosting workshops in these workshops or three our hands on workshops that actually take you step by step through the process of launching your online service is planning them,
pricing them and taking your specific business questions. These workshops were designed for small groups of businesses at a time,
and because you’re a podcast listener, you can receive a $50 coupon off these workshops. So I’m giving you $50 off attending one of these workshops.
To find more information about that, please cruise over to sweet life co dot com Ford slash scale online and use the coupon code podcast to register and get $50 off.
It also gives me a great opportunity to work with you one on one and take your specific business questions,
something that we just can’t do here in a podcast settee. And I’ll go ahead and make sure that that coupon,
the discount and the link to register for the next live workshop is found in the show. Notes at Sweet life podcast dot com for its lush 1 68 Okay,
for those of you guys for listening to the show you have done one on one service is in the past.
Maybe you work with clients, even if it’s a group of clients. But it is one business, and you’re asking yourself,
How do we take these service’s I provided for my clients? And how do we offer them online? First things first.
Not every single business can be offered as an online business. Not every single service can. So, for example,
of you do eyelashes or if you are a massage therapist, clearly you can’t do those exact things online.
But there are amazing opportunities for you to continue to serve. Your clients may be indifferent creative ways. We’ll talk about some of those on today’s show,
so we’re gonna take you through three different parts. The first thing we’re going to talk about us, how to set up the parameters for your one on one coaching service.
The second thing I’m going to go through is giving you a menu of different software that we recommend, and then the third part of this show,
I’m gonna actually walk you through step by step, how to set it up and hop on board new clients.
So step number one, when you are changing your service, is from face to face to digital, you have to set up new parameters for how those service’s are offered,
which means that in the past, if you have hosted clients, maybe for a two hour in office strategy session,
then we want to scale. Those service is online. So just as you set up parameters for maybe a one hour appointment to serve people or two hours or whatever the parameters were in person,
we have to set up those same parameters online. I’ve seen companies start to scale online and because it’s online because they’ve eliminated drive time,
you know, in all the different logistics that come together when you’re delivering service is face to face, they somehow forget to establish parameters for their digital service is.
And so what happens is the service is just turn into kind of hang out sessions, and it doesn’t give your customers the right opportunity to set up how they know that they’re gonna be able to work for you.
You have to set up healthy Bram parameters, just as you did for your face to face service is online,
and I want to encourage you to do that right From the very beginning, you have to set the expectations.
The second thing you need to do is you need to set the goals in the scope for that meeting.
Some of those goals or things that you have been able to do in person to just simply aren’t gonna be able to do online.
So you want to be honest with your clients and talk about Listen, this is what we can do.
This is what we can work on. This is what we can accomplish, and you set up the scope for your virtual coaching session or your virtual service session or therapy session or whatever it is that you’re doing.
You set up the scope in the very beginning, so your client knows what to expect. They know what you can dio.
They know what you can’t do. They know how they will leave that meeting and what they can expect at the end of that meeting and when you set up clear expectations in the very beginning of what it looks like when we work together,
virtually versus what it is look like when we’ve worked together in person in the past. Then nobody’s disappointed and everybody walks into it with eyes wide open.
One of the best ways to do this, if you are scaling to virtual service, is whether short term right now with what everybody’s facing with Corona virus or this is something you want to do is a long term strategy.
You need to make sure you’re communicating. You have to communicate your plan with your clients. So my recommendation is to send an email out your clients and say,
Hey, listen, I’m so excited we’re gonna be offering virtual service is this is what they’re gonna look like.
This is how long they’re gonna last. These are the things that we can work on together. Are you ready cause we’re ready to serve you and you have to communicate.
You don’t want there to be a gray area because there are many people that have never received a service online before.
They don’t know to expect, and they don’t know whether or not receiving service is on line is just as effective as receiving service is air support from you in person.
So when you approach them with a plan, a strategy, the scope of what you’re talking about, the parameters of that service and you come to them and you say,
Here goes This is what we have prepared for you. It gives them peace. It gives them confidence in your leadership,
which is something that right now customers were desperate for leadership from you, and it helps to sustain your business and sustain your sales.
If you’re doing this to actually increase in scale your service is, then this will, of course, increase your sales based on where they were just with your in person service is so I want to make sure you are communicating clearly exactly what these parameters are and how people can start working with you.
And I’m gonna walk you through the steps of that here in just a minute. The other thing that I recommend that you set up is how and when you are gonna deliver any supplements to that service.
So your business is different than anybody else’s. There’s tons of different industries that listen to this podcast, but let me just give you an example of what a supplement could be.
Maybe you need to send them an email with action items or recommendations to do after their meeting. A supplement is anything you need to share with them,
whether it’s a pdf or a video tow watch or an email with steps or anything else that they need in order to take action in implement.
The service is that you provided to them virtually. For example, I’m gonna try to bring in a bunch of creative examples here to get your wheel spinning if you weren’t as citizen and you started providing online consulting.
Service is where you are doing face time with your clients, and you can’t actually work on their skin.
But you can talk about their skin. You can give them recommendations on what it looks like. You can sell them products After that meeting,
you might want to send them a list of the things that you talked about in the products that you recommend in links to buy those products from you during the time that maybe you can’t see them online.
That’s an example of a supplement that would go with the service in a couple different softer recommendations that I want to share with you that we love.
We provide the supplements. Your clients all the time is actually Boxer Boxer is a great way to continue to serve your clients.
You can actually send them links. You can send them video recordings of the recommendations, maybe a summary of the service you provided for them in action items for them to move forward.
Other options that they know. A lot of businesses use our slack channels where you can create a private slack channel with each specific customer.
Or, of course, you can just use good old fashioned email and send them your recommendations by email.
So to summarize, the first part is setting up the parameters of your service in making sure that you are clearly communicating what they can expect,
how long that service will be and you’re providing ways you can give them supplemental support if that’s necessary. After that service,
the key takeaway here is being clear in Lane the road map because many of your clients have never worked with anybody in this capacity before,
and even if you have never known it before, you need to take the lead it brings peace, it brings trust,
it brings confidence, and it continues to build a loyalty that your client’s already have with you. So let’s now dive into how exactly you do that.
Because if you’re listening to this, there’s a really good chance that you have never done this before in.
So in order to instill that confidence in your client’s, I’m gonna show you how to be a pro at it.
We’re talking about it today on the show, so the first thing to do is to choose your online platform.
This is where the service is going to happen. There are 100 different opportunities you can choose from, and we’re gonna go ahead and put a list of different software recommendations and recipes in the show notes for you.
A many of them have given us free trials to share with you, so make sure you’re cruising over to the show nuts for this episode at sweet life.
Podcast dot com forward slash 1 68 But you want to choose where is it’s gonna be done. How is this gonna be done?
And you can go all the way to old school. You can just pick up the phone and call somebody.
I mean, what a better way to connect, then the way that people connected you know, at least the last 60 years is by picking the phone up than calling somebody on the phone.
That’s totally fine. You don’t have to go super online Fancy. You could just set up a phone call with him.
Other software, which I’m sure you’ve heard of by now, is that Zoom. You can use FaceTime on your phone.
Or you can also use WhatsApp in many of those air, really just based on your preferences. But has your choosing your software.
I want you to think of your customers. Which one do you think is going to be? The least intimidating need to them that is going to give you a platform to actually provide service is successfully.
Whatever software you choose, I highly recommend that when you’re sending out that email to them about the expectations of your virtual service is that you also include a step by step guide on how to connects to the software that you’ve chosen.
Don’t just think that everybody knows and don’t think that your customers we’re going to follow probably the very clear tutorials that the software provides.
Some people just have a total block when it comes to software, and they just honestly feel very intimidated by and they don’t want to learn it.
And so, if that’s your clientele, they include maybe a PdF type out, a step by step guide and maybe even provide a telephone number for this software support.
So if anybody has any questions, you’ve really done all the work for them. You’ve taken away any nervousness that you possibly could have from this type of working relationship.
So the first thing you’re gonna do is you’re gonna choose that platform. The second thing I recommend you do is setting up an online calendar,
so we want it to be easy to work with you. That’s how you make money. If it’s hard to connect with you and book you and get on your calendar and work with you,
you’re never going to make money. And so we have to make it really easy for people to book with you.
So that second step is setting up an online calendar. Our favorite online calendar that we use is called acuity,
and I’ll give a link for that as well. But we also have a lot of clients. Use calendar Lee,
and it really depends on what you know and how you need your online calendar to function. Do you need and want it to sync with another calendar that your business uses?
Do you need to take money? Many calendars give you an opportunity toe. Actually accept payments at the time of booking,
and we’re talking about accepting payments next. So as a Segway into that, if you’re having trouble and you don’t currently have a payment processor,
an online payment processor set up for your business, check out different online calendars because many of them can enable that.
But going back just to the purpose of a counter block off times in your calendar where people can schedule with you where you always have open and you have them set aside for virtual medians.
And then we’re going in now to that third step of being able to take online payments. This is absolutely essential,
even if you are strictly a brick and mortar business and you don’t plan on offering scaled online service is for very long.
It’s still highly recommend that you have an opportunity to take money online because, frankly, it’s a lot easier for people to pay you online in.
So couple of those options can be pay power, obviously papal for business Stripe Square. And you can even accept payments through Venmo,
which is actually owned by PayPal. If you didn’t know that, and then the fourth step is setting up an email marketing responder,
we can’t go in depth about this in this particular show because this in itself is an entire business training.
But I want you to know that you could actually go to our website over its sweet life podcast in Just search in the search for our email,
marketing or email set up. And it will bring you to all of the podcast episodes I’ve already recorded teaching you how to get this set up.
But the fourth step is to set up an email responder. This means as soon as somebody books with you two things happen.
You get an automatic email saying, Hey, somebody’s on my calendar. I’m so excited and they receive either one or a series of e mails getting them ready for your appointment.
This is important because it takes the work out of your hands. When you’re a busy business owner and it creates an amazing client experience,
it shows them immediately the red on top of it and you can program these emails to go to them automatically.
That says, Hey, this is how to get ready for our appointment. This is also a great place to reiterate the parameters of the appointment,
the scope of the appointment and give them steps on how to get on your choice software platform and just really get them ready for their appointment.
So that last step is making sure you’re setting up an email responder. Sometimes his emails responder can automatically be built into your only calendar.
If he only calendar you have isn’t that way. Or if you’re choosing to book people a different way,
even manually, you want to make sure that you’re creating email responders that already pre written pre programmed to save you time and to give your clients an amazing customer experience.
Okay, in the last part, and all this will be in the show notes with a bunch of really cool bonuses from the software providers,
many of whom we work with, but this last part is actually telling you the names of all the software’s.
We’ve dropped a lot of names in here, and this is one of the problems. There are so many different software providers.
Others there’s so many different ways that you can connect with people. Virtually. Finding your way is the most important thing,
for I need a way that’s sustainable in the worst with your budget. So first things first. If you have very little budget,
even know budget, maybe you have no money coming in your service business right now. As many of people in the world have fallen on tough times again,
I know that we have listeners in over 150 countries to this podcast. So if that’s you just go with good old fashioned phone.
You can even do face time on your phone. Or you can use Facebook’s App, which was called WhatsApp.
We use what’s happened our company to connect with international clients when they want to jump on just a really quick business triage call without with us.
It’s a really easy way to connect with people that doesn’t cost any money. So that’s recommendation number one for those.
You guys really have no budget to come to the table with this. Or maybe you were just trying it out,
and you want to see what the feedback is from your clients. The next option up would be Zoom.
Zoom is an amazing platform that millions of people use across the world to connect. You can connect with people one on one or you can connect with people want on group in one of the tips I want to give you her on the show is Zoom has two different platforms there.
Zoom meeting and then there zoom webinar for the sake of coaching people. One on one you on Lee need zoom meeting Zoom Webinar will talk about next week on the podcast for coaching groups of people or live streaming your videos into different social media platforms.
But just for the sake of coaching people, one on one continuing to provide great service is to your clients or launching new virtual coach and service is just go with Zoom meeting other options,
which were actually out long before Zoom ever emerged that are very reliable options as well. Our go to meeting and go to Webinar,
which will talk about next week, but you can also use to suffer cold. Go to meeting, which provides very similar service to zoom in.
Might not be so inundated right now with what’s happening with all the businesses that have turned to zoom. And then,
of course, don’t forget good old face time. If you have a phone that’s enabled with face time,
perhaps you don’t have your computer set up the way that you like to your home. Yet if you’re kind of in this limbo state with the economy and maybe being a little bit uprooted from your stationery office due to Corona virus,
just use your phone and do a FaceTime call with your clients. Get a tripod out so you’re not constantly holding the phone in your hand,
and so that can free you to actually open up desk space to work with your clients. Went on one.
Okay, I hope you found this episode helpful again. This is for those of you guys that are ready to launch Virtual Coaching Service’s and specifically those of you who are ready to launch a virtual one on one coaching and consulting type service is next week we’re gonna talk about different types of virtual service is for providing them to more than one person at a time.
On today’s show, we talked about the importance of setting up the parameters and how to actually set up the parameters in the scope of your service.
How to get your customers ready for what they can receive from you and have them confidently walk into an online virtual relationship with you.
We talked about the actual steps of how to set up your virtual service is and what you need to have in place in what order to make it happen.
And we talked about very specific APS everything from Zoom to go to meeting toe wet sap. And of course,
there are so many more. We talked about Slack and Boxer in every single one of those software has a different role,
has a different job. It’s a different building block in your virtual online store, and so they all have different functions and so will summarize the functions for you again in our show notes.
I will lay out for you exactly what software is to be used in what circumstances, so we’re taking all the s work away for you,
and we just hope you find this show helpful again. All of the recommendations and the summary can be found by visiting Suite Life podcast dot com forward slash 1 68 And if you would like to join the workshop that I’ll be teaching walking you through step by step,
how to do this? How does that you’re pricing? How to set the parameters of your offers and even coming up with your offers and how to get all your software in place.
You are welcome to do so and receive $50 off by using the coupon code Podcast podcast all in caps in the link to join that workshop or the next upcoming live workshop will be found in the show Notes for this episode again,
a sweet life podcast dot com for its lush 1 68 Or you can simply join my virtual workshop and use coupon code podcast by visiting suite life co dot com.
Forward slash scale online. All right, you guys stay. Well, I’ll talk to you next week.
That’s all folks!

Episode 167: Online Business Launch Tips and Revenue Streams – with April Beach

This episode is for those in Phase 1 – 2 of the Lifestyle Entrepreneur Roadmap™ Not sure what Phase your business is in?

 

Episode Bonuses:

Online Business Pre-Launch Checklist

COVID-19 Small Business Resource Center

Who This Episode is Great For:

  • Consultants, Coaches and Service Providers who are looking to expand your business online
  • You’re looking for clear steps to make your business transition to online
  • You’re interested in launching 1-1 coaching services virtually

Summary:

This episode is important to help save you time. I meet a lot of business owners who’ve worked hard to build the wrong kind of business. This is an unfiltered episode that lays out some tough love and inspiration to help you launch your online business the right way including; how you’ll make money, how you’ll serve your clients online, and launching products that people love. 
This show also helps you define your perfect day routine and choose the best online business that aligns with your plans because having an online business does not mean you will be working less.
 
I also give specific recommendations of ideas of online courses, membership sites and other things you could consider to add to your offering menu and why it’s important to master one first. Why you can’t set it and forget it and that you need to have an active growth plan, as well as the truth about the hard work it takes to build your business online. 

Highlights:

  1. How to choose the right kinds of online services, products, and revenue streams
  2. The two types of popular online courses people buy
  3. What a membership site is and why you might want to launch one 
  4. Important online relationships you’ll need to build 
  5. How to stand out online 

Resources Mentioned:

 
 
 


SweetLife Podcast™ Love:

Are you subscribed? If not, there’s a chance you could be missing out on some bonuses and extra show tools.  Click here to be sure you’re in the loop.  Do you love the show? If so, I’d love it if you left me a review on iTunes. This helps others find the show and get business help. I also call out reviews live on the show to share your business with the world. Simply click here and select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”. Thank you so much ❤︎

Need faster business growth?

Schedule a complimentary business triage call here.


Full Show Transcript:

you’re listening to the sweet life entrepreneur podcast Simplified strategies to grow your service business and launch a life you love faster with business, mental and entrepreneur activator a probe Age Hi there. Episode number 167 of The Sweet Life Entrepreneur in Business Podcast I’m April Beach and we are in Week two here at my house that the recording of this were actually on date number four of Corona virus locked down. My boys are restless and this is a very strange and surreal time. And there’s a lot of bad news out there, a lot of scary things that are being talked about.
And so here, the Sweet Life Company and on the podcast, we are focusing in on all of the positives, the positives from a business standpoint and the positives from a personal standpoint. There is beauty from the ashes. There’s a silver lining to this, and so that’s what we’re going to talk about here on today’s show and is a business. We’re really striving to focus on those things also, it puts us in a very unique situation because my company’s expertise is developing online businesses. The podcast is dedicated towards small businesses and entrepreneurs who are looking to launch your service is and grow your company online in.
So there is certainly a silver lining in this, that this particular podcast is strategically designed to be pouring into you as an entrepreneur right now in the state of the world that we’re in. So I hope this show is a blessing to you. And I hope that you use the free tools and business strategies that we have here to grow your business online because there has never been a more important time to do that. If you and I don’t know each other yet, I’m April Beach, and I’m super glad that you’re here.
You can get to know me more by cruising over to sweet life co dot com. In the meantime, this is what you can expect on today’s episode. We’re diving in, and I’m actually giving you a pre online business launch checklist that goes along with the teachings I have on today’s show. The idea behind this is that many of you who may have not launched your existing business or brought a new business online before are in the process of doing it in I know that there is a rush to get online.
I understand the importance. I have kids, I have a home. I have people that I love to take care of this well, it’s a very scary and surreal time right now that’s happening in the world until I understand that there is a rush Tau launch your business online. With that being said, it’s my intention to make sure that as you bring your business online, you’re doing it mindfully in a very smart way that works with your life, aligns with your profit plan and establishes your business in your brand as the leader.
So on today’s show, you’re going to get the business training, and I have a complete online business pre launch checklist for you to download. You can cruise over to the show Notes for this, which are found at Sweet Life podcast dot com forward slash 167 On top of that, I have also partnered with my good friend, who’s also been a podcast guest here on the show back in 2019. Elizabeth McFadden Elizabeth is the cofounder of Novella Brand House out of Kansas City, and they are the ultimate branding and marketing Ninjas,
Sweet Life Company. My business and this podcast, a novella brand house, have partnered that we have created a completely free cove in 19 small business resource center that I want to make sure that you guys know about You can go right away to sweet life. Coat dot com Ford slash cove It small business. Now I know that you might be busy and maybe not able to write that down. And so I will make sure that the link to the Free Cove in 19 Small Business Marketing, an online business development resource center,
is available to you in the show notes again. So the on Lee you’re all you need to remember is cruising over to sweet life. Podcast dot com ford slash 1 67 This resource and the online business prelaunch checklist are all totally free for you, and we’re talking marketing training’s how to create an online content counter and things that both of our companies actually usually charge a lot of money for. We’ve made them all free to you to grab at this cove. It Small business resource center again cruise over to the sweet life podcast website,
and we’ll make sure that we’re getting those in your hands. Okay. On today’s show, we are specifically talking about four things you should know before launching your online business. Online businesses are the new frontier of entrepreneurship. We all know that I’m not telling you something you don’t know. But how are you going to build your online business in a way that it’s still gonna work with your family in a way that you feel like you are doing a good job strategically positioning yourself with what other online businesses air doing and meaning your client’s needs?
Those are a lot of things to think about watching your online business. It’s very different than just launching your business when you get into the point of launching the online part of your business or online service is there are quite a few different things that you should be thinking about ahead of time so that you don’t waste your time and we’re gonna talk about four of those things that you should be thinking about ahead of time on this episode. So if you’re new here, this is the drill. If you are one of my fans,
it’s here all the time in my followers again. I appreciate you so much. So just bear with me while I go through this because I want to make sure this is really great use of your time. If you’re new to the podcast, I cover three questions in the beginning. So you know if this is a great use of your time. Number one. Who is this Episode four Number two. Why is this important? And Number three, what can you expect to discover or learn? So here are the answers to those questions.
Number one This episodes is for coaches, consultants and service providers who are looking to expand your business online. This means that you’re looking for where to start in clear steps of what you should do first before you make that transition that jumped online. This is also for you if you really have not had a one on one in person service business before, but you want to get into launching an online business or online coaching or consulting service is why is this important thing is important so you don’t jump in blindly because if you don’t do your homework and you don’t know the answers or the thoughts and strategies that I’m gonna bring forward in these four different things I want you to be aware of.
Then you are gonna waste your time. And time is money. So don’t waste your money. You can expect that I’m going to download you on these four different areas and topics that I want you to be aware of.
And I’m going to be really honest. This is going to be pretty unfiltered. And I’m just gonna lay it out there and tell you exactly what I want you to be aware of with each one of these four points.
So there’s gonna be a little bit of tough love in here, and then there’s going to be hopefully a lot of inspiration and learning from some of my mistakes.
I’m gonna share those with you and a really quick note of you are one of my established listeners. You know that I tackled the episodes by phase of business you’re in.
So this particular episode is for those of you who are in my lifestyle. Entrepreneur roadmap phases one and two.
If you’re interested in taking a quiz to find out where you are simply visit sweet life co dot com aboard slash Quiz.
So you want to launch an online business, join the club. Here are four things that I would like you to be aware of.
First number one. How are you gonna make money? You need to know your business model. And what will your revenue streams be?
What will they look like? How are you gonna bring revenue into your new online business? So I’m gonna give you a sample of different types of revenue streams that you can consider for your business and break them up into three different categories to help you understand and kind of wrap your head around this a little bit more.
So the first revenue stream is selling service is or selling digital products. So if you’re a coach or a consultant,
this could look like creating downloads or templates to be sold. Maybe you want to create a workbook to be sold or a planner.
There are a lot of entrepreneurs that are creating these in really amazing planners for other entrepreneurs. I love them.
I’m such a sucker for those. They’re making great money doing it. Their specialty is creating planners. So that is certainly one area If your coach,
our consultants and you want to make money through digital products. If you’re a service provider and you want an online business than you could bring in revenue by creating graphic design result based products,
whether it’s logo design or PDF design or slide design, you also could be doing ah website design and anything that the delivery of the product is digital.
The results of what you’re creating is also a digital result. So those were two examples of how you could make money with your new expanding on my business through digital products.
Granted, there are so many others you can do social media design. Do you have the list goes on and on,
depending on what your specialty is, You can also consider creating beautiful, like signs and paintings and different things to be sold on etc.
And it’s still considered an online digital business. So I just wanted to mention some of those again. If you’re a coach or a service provider consultant than digital products is,
a revenue stream would look like downloads, workbooks, graphic design, Web design, anything that the result is digital based or a settling of that service or product is digital rather than meeting with somebody one on one and face to face or selling it like an art and craft show or something.
A second example of how to make money online is specifically for those of you guys who are coaches, teachers or consultants,
and these would be to launch an online course or perhaps to offer instruction through teaching webinars. Now there are two different types of online courses that you can consider watching,
and we are going to dive too deep into these because I don’t want to dump truck you with too much information.
But there are basically two different types of online courses. One is known as Evergreen, and that is the type of course that you would create and you’d pre record and it would be available all the time.
Anybody conjoining it, it’s on demand. They could just jump into your course whenever they find you and whenever they’re ready.
And then the other type, of course, is one that’s more of an open enclosed car course. So it is only open a couple times a year,
if that, and there’s a lot of marketing a lot of hype around when you open up the list for people to join that.
And then there’s a very hard deadline for when you close the doors to that course. And then the course begins and everybody works together through the course,
usually at the same pace. Those are two different types of options you can consider as faras only courses you also might want to consider.
Teaching live in live is a great way to connect with people. There’s so many different ways to offer live training’s.
You can do live webinars through like Zoom or go to Webinar. You can also do live like Facebook,
Live Training’s within a closed private community. And then the third opportunity for you to consider is like a membership site or an association.
A membership site is a little different than an online course, because a membership site is something where you need to make sure that you’re constantly nurturing your members.
There are always people joining and some people coming in. There’s kind of this ebb and flow off the members that come in and out of your community,
so it’s always important to be creating at least like one new training in a month for them, or,
you know, they have perhaps a core content that they come into. And then maybe you could even charge more and do a smaller upgrade for them To get the newest latest training,
you could have membership levels. There’s so many different things to consider with the membership site, but it is a little bit different than just a straight cut and dry online course.
It doesn’t have that beginning point in that completion point. As an online course, Teso membership site is something that’s a bit longer of a commitment for you.
So I just want you to be aware of that. And the same is true of about creating an association because you have members in your association that you need to nurture and you need to keep supporting.
So going back to question number one, you need to know how you’re gonna make money, and I want you to fully investigate every single one of the opportunities.
But I also want you to consider going back to that vision. What is your vision for your business?
What does an Every day we could look like owning and running your business. Do you want to have more contact with your clients?
Is something like a membership site where you’re constantly connecting with them in meeting with them and having relationships with them?
Is that something that that you like? Word. Are you thinking maybe like an online course? You can create more passive income that you can create more income that you work really hard in.
I am going to tell you that launching online courses a lot of work. It’s worth it, but it’s a lot of work,
you guys, and so you know you’re gonna do all that work up front. And then there’s also the marketing in the list building that goes around that.
But is that something that’s more your style? You know, I personally I I love online courses because I don’t have the capacity based on how I designed my life to constantly be in a membership site all the time.
But then, of course, I make up for that because I have a really great online Facebook community.
So I do get to have those relationships that I want, and they just look different than they would with a full blown membership site.
So there are so many options for you. I wanted to give you a brief overview of each one because you do need to make a choice.
And once you make a choice, please start with one master, one of them. First, I would not go out wanting the launcher on light business with trying to do an online course and a membership site and creating a downloadable digital product.
Yes, I want you to have multiple streams of revenue, but you do need to do one of them well in.
So in order to do things well, I want you to make sure that you’re really just having opportunity.
Given yourself that opportunity to focus on one of them at a time. Okay, The second thing I want you to be aware of before you launching your online business is how much you’re going to be working online Does not mean that you are working less.
If you thought that or if anybody told you that, then they’re not telling you the truth. Yes,
you can make your own schedule. Yes, you can choose to only work 20 hours a week, but when you’re first getting your business started and you’re developing your online courses and programs and materials and service is and everything that you’re gonna be offering,
including your brand and making yourself visible to your ideal clients. It is a lot of work, you guys,
so if you launch it, they won’t come. I have so many clients that are like, Oh,
I can’t wait. I, you know, work somewhere, and I can’t wait to just finally launch my website or I can’t wait to just,
you know, finally get my course up and running. And then it’s like crickets. So I want you to be aware of the fact that it takes a lot more than just showing up on the Web in order to make money online.
Online has more moving parts than you’re in person business. And as you get into this, you’re gonna discover it.
So let’s make sure you have a plan for how you’re gonna manage that. Moving parts in your online business look different,
though, than they would if you’re meeting with somebody one on one and giving them nutrition, coaching or if you’re a doula and your meeting with them one on one,
and in helping them prepare for their baby that it looks a lot different when you move your business online,
your work time shifts. So it’s shifts in that you aren’t necessarily working in your business so much. But the amount of time you’re working on your business is actually going to increase,
And this is gonna look like new types of relationships that you need to build. You’re not gonna have an opportunity as much to connect with people face to face and build those relationships.
So the relationships that you are now gonna build our very intentional and sadly, they take a little bit longer to take root because you’re not seeing somebody face to face.
And that’s obviously what’s gonna happen when you weren’t physically with somebody is building that relationship. In that trust,
it’s going to take a little bit longer. And these relationships, certain referring to are not only to your new clients but to new business colleagues and affiliates and influencers.
So when you launch this online business after your website is up because I want youto have your your brand represented well,
before you start reaching out in saying you know what you do to these potential clients. I want to make sure that you’re at least your splash pages up,
and then you haven’t opt in and your brand is is well represented. You don’t get a second chance to make that first impression.
Then we need to dig into the relationship building inside. So you’re gonna build intentional relationships with your fans and with your new online friends.
And these relationships take work, and they take time. Now, I’m not saying that you’re not gonna have face to face contact,
and we’ll talk about that in a second. But you have to create this optimal lead magnets to attract people to you.
And then after you’ve created that there is a period of time and work that you are gonna need to put in to get your information in front of your ideal audience in order to grow your list and to grow your amount of followers in one of the most powerful ways to do this is to get other businesses and other influencers to tell people about your business.
But one of the ways to get other businesses and other influencers to tell people about your business is develop relationships with them in those relationships take time,
they take trust and they take time. So if you’re working backwards, it looks like launching your business,
being clear about what you’re offering and then connecting with other people that you may need to mentor you to help guide you through continuing,
develop your relationship and then also putting your business out there so that others can share your business with their fans in their followers.
And these things do take time. They take time in the number of hours that you will need to work each week because the more you work,
I will say the more that you get done, that might not sound very popular. But the more time you put in,
the more ground you’re gonna cover, it also means that the summary is basically me saying when you launch your Web site,
you aren’t just going to be plowed over with people dying to join your online course. That is a lie.
That’s not gonna happen. You have to grow your list and grow your influence and grow your brand. The only thing I want you to know about online businesses is that you can’t stop connecting with people,
face to face. I told you I’d be honest with you. And so here this is me being honest.
I suck it connecting with people face to face. I say that online business and working at home gets lonely and sometimes that it does,
but not very often to me. I’m actually pretty good here in my office and then going to the gym in the morning and seeing my very small circle of friends.
I don’t need more than that. My body, my mind doesn’t need more than that. However, I’ve really learned in the last two years that my creativity does,
and that been ordered to continue bringing my business to the place that I want to bring it to. I need to surround myself with other people that I allow to speak into my business and speak to me and mentor me and guide me.
And really, those types of relationships are built best by that face to face connection. I might meet them through a digital online mastermind or an online community or an online Facebook group.
But in order to really facilitate those relationships, I need to start taking the time to invest in being with them face to face.
And I have started to do that in the past two years. And what’s happened to me professionally in my development and in my business is night and day from all of the years that I was like in the trenches of being in my office by myself.
So I just want to be honest with you and tell you that it is important. It’s a new development for me in the last couple of years.
How important that is in that even though you are going to launch your online business, you still need to develop these face to face relationships with mentors and influencers and people that you will allow to come around you as a community and speak into your life and into your business.
Okay, Number three, how are you going to master the technology? You guys have heard me say I kill technology over and over again,
and I totally d’oh, but I want you to have my philosophy. I am prepared that I am not going to be scared.
That is my philosophy. Be prepared to not be scared for technology and is it going to die? And it’s something gonna go wrong like the 1st 5 times.
Yeah, totally. So I kind of set my bar pretty low when I get in there. And I learned a new software.
I am going to suck at it and it’s not gonna work right? And so there I’m gonna have those phone calls where I’m calling my husband or my friends and just saying I’m killing this.
I can’t do it. And I’m to the place, and I want you to be at the place where you need to hire somebody to do the tech stuff for you.
You don’t have to be a tech wizard to have an online business Hire help Hire it out. If you aren’t in place yet where you can’t afford to hire it out yet.
Then you’re gonna have to, you know, figure it out. But the reality is, is be prepared that you’re not going to be scared.
You’re gonna master the technology. And so you have to set aside the time to tackle that learning curve to master the technology.
In order to master your technology, I want you to do your research and I want you to choose the right website platform before you ever launch.
Don’t launch because a weekly site is cheap. Don’t choose Oh squarespace site because they have really beautiful templates and you can do it yourself.
And honestly, don’t even choose a WordPress site because you’ve heard me say on here, I would totally recommend one with a wordpress dot org’s site.
That is not why I want you to choose a site. I want you to sit down, go back to number one,
figure out what you’re going to be delivering and how you’re gonna be delivering it, whether it’s in courses or products.
And take a look at the big picture of what you’d like to deliver online and then choose the best website platform that is going to deliver you the capabilities to do that.
That is step number one. The second thing I want you to know is technology is becoming more and more simple every day.
We have online videos. They have amazing technical support. So if you’re struggling with something like lead pages or active campaign or convert kit,
call them and ask them and choose the technology based on the support and the help that you need. It doesn’t have to be all about all the bells and whistles.
The most expensive one isn’t the best one for you necessarily. So go with what you can do. Because if you can’t do it and you can’t master,
it is not gonna do you any good anyway, right? So choose the technology that if you have to master it yourself,
then you could master well in the beginning. And then once you have an opportunity, go with a technology support person.
Attacked Guru, one of those wonderful people that just loves to master in mold technology, toe work perfectly to your benefit.
And the some of that I’m just telling you, don’t let the technology scare you. Is it going to be easy?
No, it’s not gonna be easy. Is it worth it? Yes, it’s totally worth it. And you can do it.